{"title":"Analytical chemistry Books","description":"","products":[{"product_id":"an-introduction-to-medicinal-chemistry-9780198866664","title":"An Introduction to Medicinal Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe market-leader in medicinal chemistry: clear, supportive, and practical. It helps students to effortlessly make the link from theory to real-life applications using practical and focused coverage alongside a package of supportive online resources.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe best general undergraduate textbook on medicinal chemistry. This new edition retains the accessible style of writing, but provides important updates on the topics. * Dr Mark Ashton, School of Pharmacy, Newcastle University, UK *\u003cbr\u003eI read this masterpiece to build a strong knowledge of medicinal chemistry and it has helped me a lot. I would definitely recommend it to others. Detailed explanations of enzyme-substrate interactions and much more are very useful. * Jinkal Gondaria, MChem student, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK *\u003cbr\u003eA very useful medical chemistry book and teaching tool. Great learning resources and easy to digest content. * Dr Silvia M.M.A. Pereira-Lima, Department of Chemistry, University of Minho, Portugal *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1: Drugs and Drug Targets 2: Protein Structure and Function 3: Enzymes: Structure and Function 4: Receptors: Structure and Function 5: Receptors and Signal Transduction 6: Nucleic Acids: Structure and Function 7: Enzymes as Drug Targets 8: Receptors as Drug Targets 9: Nucleic Acids as Drug Targets 10: Miscellaneous Drug Targets 11: Pharmacokinetics and Related Topics Case Study 1: Statins 12: Drug Discovery: Finding a Lead 13: Drug Design: Optimizing Target Interactions 14: Drug Design: Optimizing Access to the Target 15: Getting the Drug to Market Case Study 2: The Design of ACE Inhibitors Case Study 3: Artemisinin and Related Antimalarial Drugs Case Study 4: The Design of Oxamni Case Study 5: Fosfidomycin as an Antimalarial Agent 16: Combinatorial and Parallel Synthesis 17: In Silico Drug Design 18: Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationships Case Study 6:  De Novo Design of a Thymidylate Synthase Inhibitor 19: Antibacterial Agents 20: Antiviral Agents 21: Anticancer Agents 22: Protein Kinase Inhibitors as Anticancer Agents 23: Antibodies and Other Biologics 24: Cholinergics, Anticholinergics, and Anticholinestarases 25: Drugs Acting on the Adrenergic Nervous System 26: The Opioid Analgesics 27: Anti-Ulcer Agents 28: Cardiovascular Drugs Case Study 7: Steroidal Anti-Inflammatory Agents Case Study 8: Design of a Novel Antidepressant Case Study 9: The Design and Development Of Aliskiren Case Study 10: Factor Xa Inhibitors Case Study 11: Reversible Inhibitors of HCV NS-34A Protease","brand":"Oxford University Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48732821717335,"sku":"9780198866664","price":52.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780198866664.jpg?v=1719998543"},{"product_id":"practical-statistics-for-the-analytical-scientist-9780854041312","title":"Practical Statistics for the Analytical Scientist","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAnalytical chemists must use a range of statistical tools in their treatment of experimental data to obtain reliable results. Practical Statistics for the Analytical Scientist is a manual designed to help them negotiate the daunting specialist terminology and symbols. Prepared in conjunction with the Department of Trade and Industry''s Valid Analytical Measurement (VAM) programme, this volume covers the basic statistics needed in the laboratory. It describes the statistical procedures that are most likely to be required including summary and descriptive statistics, calibration, outlier testing, analysis of variance and basic quality control procedures. To improve understanding, many examples provide the user with material for consolidation and practice. The fully worked answers are given both to check the correct application of the procedures and to provide a template for future problems. Practical Statistics for the Analytical Scientist will be welcomed by practising analytical chemis\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduction: Choosing the Correct Statistics; Descriptive Statistics; Distribution Descriptives; Probability Distributions; Confidence Limits; Accuracy and Precision; Significance Testing; Outlier Tests; The ANalysis Of VAriance; Linear Regression; Polynomial Regression; Repeatability Standard Deviation; Reproducibility Standard Deviation; Analytical Quality Control; Statistical Sampling; Appendices; Subject Index","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48737592705367,"sku":"9780854041312","price":28.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"instrumental-analytical-chemistry-9781032205823","title":"Instrumental Analytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book includes the fundamental principles, techniques, applications, and descriptions of instrumentation. The scope of the book covers just what is needed for an undergraduate course and is suitable for non chemistry majors. Extensive references for further research on the topic is included.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 01\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConcepts of Instrumental Analytical Chemistry\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 02\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIntroduction to Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 03\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eVisible and Ultraviolet Molecular Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 04\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eInfrared, Near-Infrared, and Raman Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 05\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMagnetic Resonance Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 06\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAtomic Absorption Spectrometry\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 07\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAtomic Emission Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 08\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eX-Ray Spectroscopy\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 09\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eMass Spectrometry \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 10\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrinciples of Chromatography\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 11\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eGas Chromatography\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 12\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChromatography with Liquid Mobile Phases\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 13\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eElectroanalytical Chemistry\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eChapter 14\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThermal Analysis\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Taylor \u0026 Francis Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738043035991,"sku":"9781032205823","price":29.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"practical-skills-in-forensic-science-9781292139463","title":"Practical Skills in Forensic Science","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eALAN LANGFORD\u003c\/b\u003e is Senior Lecturer and Programme Leader in Criminology and Forensic Sciences at Northumbria University, UK; \u003cb\u003eJOHN DEAN\u003c\/b\u003e is Professor of Analytical and Environmental Sciences and Director of the Graduate School at Northumbria University, UK; \u003cb\u003eROB REED\u003c\/b\u003e is Professor of Biomedical Science and Director of Undergraduate Science Programs at CQUniversity, Australia; \u003cb\u003eDAVID HOLMES\u003c\/b\u003e is Director of Collaborative Programs in Applied Sciences at Northumbria University, UK; \u003cb\u003eJONATHAN WEYERS\u003c\/b\u003e is Director of Quality Assurance at the University of Dundee, UK; and \u003cb\u003eALLAN JONES\u003c\/b\u003e is Senior Lecturer and Chancellor's Award Fellow in Ecology, Environmental Science and Zoology at the University of Dundee, UK.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 Essentials of practical work \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 Health and safety \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 Making measurements and observations \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 SI units and their use \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 Scientific method and design of experiments \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e6 Working with liquids \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e7 Basic laboratory procedures \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8 Principles of solution chemistry \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e9 pH and buffer solutions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e10 Introduction to microscopy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11 Setting up and using microscopes \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 Sample preparation \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e13 DNA analysis – fundamental principles \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14 Chromatography \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e15 Mass spectrometry \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e16 Basic spectroscopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e17 Atomic spectroscopy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e18 X-ray fluorescence spectroscopy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e19 Infrared and Raman spectroscopy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20 Nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e21 Immunoassay \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e22 Electrophoresis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e23 Personnel and recording the scene \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e24 Collecting evidence – basic principles \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e25 Digital evidence \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e26 Investigating fingerprints \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e27 Footwear marks and impressions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28 Investigating other marks \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e29 Document analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 Analysis of biological fluids \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e31 DNA analysis – forensic applications \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e32 Analysis of hair \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e33 Analysis of skeletal remains \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e34 Forensic odontology \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e35 Forensic entomology \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e36 Forensic botany \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e37 Alcohol analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e38 Forensic toxicology \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e39 Bulk drug analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e40 Analysis of paint \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e41 Analysis of glass \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e42 Analysis of fibres \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e43 Firearms and ballistic evidence \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e44 Analysis of fires and explosions \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e45 Finding and citing published information \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e46 Using online resources \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e47 Evaluating information \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e48 Word processors, databases and other packages \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e49 Using Spreadsheets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e50 Fundamental principles of quantitative chemical analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e51 Calibration and quantitative analysis \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e52 Using graphs \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e53 Presenting data in tables \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e54 Hints for solving numerical problems \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e55 Descriptive statistics \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e56 Choosing and using statistical tests \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e57 Chemometrics and advanced statistics \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e58 General aspects of scientific writing \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e59 Giving a spoken presentation \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e60 Writing a forensic statement and presenting evidence in court \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e61 Reporting practical and project work \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e62 Writing essays, literature surveys and reviews \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e63 Organising a poster display \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e64 The importance of transferable skills \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e65 Managing your time \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e66 Working with others \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e67 Taking notes from lectures and texts \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e68 Learning and revising effectively \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e69 Assessments and exams \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e70 Preparing your curriculum vitae \u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"Pearson Education Limited","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48738520727895,"sku":"9781292139463","price":49.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781292139463.jpg?v=1723812115"},{"product_id":"archaeological-chemistry-9781782624264","title":"Archaeological Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe use of chemistry in archaeology can help archaeologists answer questions about the nature and origin of the many organic and inorganic finds recovered through excavation, providing valuable information about the social history of humankind. This textbook tackles the fundamental issues in chemical studies of archaeological materials. Examining the most widely used analytical techniques in archaeology, the third edition of this comprehensive textbook features a new chapter on proteomics, capturing significant developments in protein recognition for dating and characterisation. The textbook has been updated to encompass the latest developments in the field. The textbook explores several archaeological investigations in which chemistry has been employed in tracing the origins of or in studying artefacts, and includes chapters on obsidian, ceramics, glass, metals and resins. It is an essential companion to students in archaeological science and chemistry, as well as to archaeologists, and those involved in conserving human artefacts.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis is a book which must be read by all serious students of archaeology and also by those like me who would like to know more about the past. -- Edward R. Adlard * Chromatographia *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe Development of Archaeological Chemistry; Analytical Techniques Applied to Archaeological; Obsidian Characterization in the Eastern Mediterranean; The Geochemistry of Clays and the Provenance of Ceramics; The Chemistry, Corrosion and Provenance of Archaeological Glass; The Chemical Study of Metals – the Medieval and Later Brass Industry in Europe; The Chemistry and Use of Resinous Substances; Amino Acid Stereochemistry and the First Americans; Lead Isotope Geochemistry and the Trade in Metals; Proteins: Haemoglobin, Immunochemistry, and Proteomics; The Chemistry of Human Bone: Diet, Nutrition, Status and Mobility; The Detection of Small Biomolecules: Dairy Products in the Archaeological Record; Summary – Whiter Archaeological Chemistry?","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48741113463127,"sku":"9781782624264","price":42.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781782624264.jpg?v=1720056615"},{"product_id":"practical-volumetric-analysis-9781849739146","title":"Practical Volumetric Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProficiency in volumetric analysis is a key skill for chemists in research and industry. This work seeks to ‘modernise’ approaches to volumetric analysis, by relating practical work to vocationally-relevant topics, whilst maintaining the rigor required for satisfactory performance in practical examinations. Written by someone who has experienced both teaching and working as a research chemist, this up to date textbook on practical volumetric analysis will provide the theoretical chemistry associated with volumetric analysis supported by a selection of practicals. There will also be suggestions for a number of investigations which could form the basis of project-based learning or coursework, particularly for those pursing vocational science courses.   Section 1 will consist of three theory chapters, covering preliminary concepts (fundamentals of chemistry, essential quantitative chemistry and concepts of statistics). Section 2 will be divided into four chapters, based on the four main divisions of volumetric analysis (acid-base titrimetry, redox titrimetry, precipitation titrimetry and complexometric titrimetry). Each chapter in this section will start with a review of essential theory, with worked examples and illustrations where appropriate, and end with a selection of laboratory practicals. Each chapter will also contain a number of open-ended investigations, for use in project-based learning or coursework. Section 3 will address more advanced topics and be divided into four chapters (volumetric analysis in industry, further statistical concepts, mathematics of titrimetry and advanced titrimetry). Practical work and suggestions for further reading will be included where appropriate.   Practical Volumetric Analysis is suitable for students taking modules in introductory chemistry and analytical chemistry on undergraduate degree courses as well as providing guidance to non-specialists teaching chemistry.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eSECTION 1 PRELIMINARIES: Foundations of Chemistry; Essential Quantitative Chemistry; Statistical Concepts; SECTION 2 INTRODUCTORY VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS: Basics of Volumetric Analysis; Acid-Base Titrimetry; Redox Titrimetry; Precipitation Titrimetry; Complexometric Titrimetry; SECTION 3 FURTHER TOPICS IN VOLUMETRIC ANALYSIS: Advanced Titrimetry; The Mathematics of Titrimetry; Volumetric Analysis in Industry; Further Statistical Concepts; Index","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48742296715607,"sku":"9781849739146","price":23.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781849739146.jpg?v=1720060822"},{"product_id":"forensic-analysis-of-fire-debris-and-explosives-9783030258337","title":"Forensic Analysis of Fire Debris and Explosives","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis text provides training on the fundamental tools and methodologies used in active forensic laboratories for the complicated analysis of fire debris and explosives evidence. It is intended to serve as a gateway for students and transitioning forensic science or chemistry professionals. The book is divided  between the two disciplines of fire debris and explosives, with a final pair of chapters devoted to the  interplay between the two disciplines and with other disciplines, such as DNA and fingerprint analysis. It brings together a multi-national group of technical experts, ranging from academic researchers to active practitioners, including members of some of the premier forensic agencies of the world. Readers will gain  knowledge of practical methods of analysis and will develop a strong foundation for laboratory work in forensic chemistry.  End-of-chapter questions based on relevant topics  and real-world data provide a realistic arena for learners to test newly-acquired techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction to instrumentation used in FD\/E analysis (Kenyon Evans-Nguyen, Associate Professor, University of Tampa)2. Fire debris analysis: general introduction to how it is currently done (Mark Sandercock, Team Lead - Trace Evidence, Royal Canadian Mounted Police)3. Microbial degradation of ignitable liquids (Katherine Hutches, Forensic Chemist, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives)4. Background interferences in fire debris analysis (Jamie Baerncopf and Sherrie Thomas, Forensic Chemists, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives)5. Alternative Fuels: E85, biodiesel, vegetable oils, etc. (Doug Byron, Forensic \u0026amp; Scientific Testing, Inc and Raymond Kuk, Section Chief, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives)6. Variation in gasoline\/general IL variation within classes (Susan Hetzel, Senior Analytical Chemist, SEA Limited and Mary Williams, Coordinator of Research Programs \u0026amp; Services, National Center for Forensic Science, University of Central Florida)7. Explosives analysis: general introduction to intact analysis of explosives (Hazel Hutson, Principal Case Officer, Defence Science and Technology Laboratory and Eamonn McGee, Senior Forensic Technologist, Centre of Forensic Sciences)8. Explosives analysis: introduction to post-blast analysis (Brittany Crane-Calhoun, Forensic Chemist, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives and Robert Mothershead II, Supervisory Chemist - Forensic Examiner, Federal Bureau of Investigation)9. Componentry (Kirk Yeager and Kathy Boyle, Forensic Chemists, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives)10. Battlefield Forensics (James Garcia, Head of Trace Analysis and Chemistry, Defense Forensic Science Center and Robert Ollis, Forensic Chemist, Defense Forensic Science Center)11. Fire debris\/explosives overlap: flares\/fusees, thermite, ANFO (Michelle Evans, Forensic Chemist, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives)","brand":"Springer Nature Switzerland AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743028097367,"sku":"9783030258337","price":67.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783030258337.jpg?v=1720063806"},{"product_id":"foundations-of-analytical-chemistry-a-teaching-learning-approach-9783319628714","title":"Foundations of Analytical Chemistry: A","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis book offers a completely new approach to learning and teaching the fundamentals of analytical chemistry. It summarizes 250 basic concepts of the field on the basis of slides. Each of the nine chapters offers the following features:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e•        Introduction: Summary. General scheme. Teaching objectives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e•        Text containing the explanation of each slide.\u003c\/p\u003e•        Recommended and commented bibliography.\u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e•        Questions to be answered.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e•        Slides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA distinct feature of this novel book is its focus on the fundamental concepts and essential principles of analytical chemistry, which sets it apart from other books presenting descriptive overviews of methods and techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1.Principles of Analytical Chemistry.- 2.Analytical properties.- 3.Traceability: Reference materials.- 4.Generalities of the analytical process.- 5.Quantitative analytical processes.- 6.Qualitative analytical processes.-","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743100252503,"sku":"9783319628714","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"solid-state-nmr-principles-methods-and-applications-9783527318162","title":"Solid State NMR: Principles, Methods, and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eSolid State NMR\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA thorough and comprehensive textbook covering the theoretical background, experimental approaches, and major applications of solid-state NMR spectroscopy\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) spectroscopy is a powerful non-destructive technique capable of providing information about the molecular structure and dynamics of molecules. Alongside solution-state NMR, a well-established technique to study chemical structures and investigate physico-chemical properties of molecules in solutions, solid-state NMR (SSNMR) offers many exciting possibilities for the analysis of solid and soft materials across scientific fields. SSNMR shows unique capabilities for a detailed investigation of structural and dynamic properties of materials over wide space and time ranges. For this reason, and thanks to significant advances in the past several years, the application of SSNMR to materials is rapidly increasing in disciplines such as chemistry, physics, and materials and life sciences.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSolid State NMR: Principles, Methods, and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e offers a systematic introduction to the theory, methodological concepts, and major experimental methods of SSMR spectroscopy. Exploring the unique potential of SSNMR for the structural and dynamic characterization of soft and either amorphous or crystalline solid materials, this comprehensive textbook provides foundational knowledge and recent developments of SSNMR, covering physical and theoretical background, experimental methods, and applications to pharmaceuticals, polymers, inorganic and hybrid materials, liquid crystals, and model membranes. Written by two expert authors to ensure a clear and consistent presentation of the subject, this textbook:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes a brief introduction to the historical aspects and broad theoretical background of solid-state NMR spectroscopy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides helpful illustrations to explain the various SSNMR concepts and methods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeatures accessible descriptive text with self-consistent use of quantum mechanics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers the experimental aspects of SSNMR spectroscopy and in particular a description of many useful pulse sequences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains references to relevant literature\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eSolid State NMR: Principles, Methods, and Applications\u003c\/i\u003e is the ideal textbook for university courses on SSNMR, advanced spectroscopies, and a valuable single-volume reference for spectroscopists, chemists, and researchers in the field of materials.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eForeword xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introductory NMR Concepts \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Historical Aspects 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Basic Description of NMR Spectroscopy 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Nuclear Spins and Nuclear Zeeman Effect 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Spin Ensembles 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Single Pulse Experiment, Bloch Equations, and Fourier Transformation 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Populations and Coherences 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Liquid-state NMR Spectroscopy: Basic Concepts 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Chemical Shift 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 Indirect Spin–Spin Coupling and Spin Decoupling 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Nuclear Spin Relaxation 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Nuclear Overhauser Effect 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Liquid-state NMR Spectroscopy: Some Experiments 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Relaxation Experiments 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Insensitive Nuclei Enhanced by Polarization Transfer 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 2D NMR Spectroscopy 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Chemical Exchange 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Solid Materials and NMR Spectroscopy 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Mathematical and Quantum-mechanical Tools \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Definitions and Basic Concepts 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Operators and Functions 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Eigenvalue Equations 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Eigenstates and Superposition States: Pure and Mixed Ensembles 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.4 Nuclear Spin and Angular Momentum 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Rotations and Frame Transformations 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Active and Passive Transformations 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Rotation Operators 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Rotation Matrices and Euler Angles 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Time-Independent Features: Energy Levels and Related Aspects 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Time-Independent Schrödinger Equation and Spin Hamiltonians 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Time-Independent Perturbation Theory 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Matrix Representation of Operators and Density Matrix Theory 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.1 Isolated Nucleus with Spin 1\/2 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.2 Isolated Nucleus with Spin 1 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3.3 Pair of Coupled Nuclei with Spin 1\/2 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Spin Temperature 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Dealing with Time Dependence 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Time-Dependent Schrödinger and Liouville–von Neumann Equations 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.2 Average Hamiltonian Theory 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Nuclear Spin Interactions \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e95\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Interactions with External Magnetic Fields 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Internal Interactions 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Shielding or Chemical Shift Interaction 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Knight Shift Interaction 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Quadrupolar Interaction 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Dipolar Coupling 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Indirect Spin–Spin (\u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e) Coupling 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Paramagnetic Coupling 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Broadline NMR Spectroscopy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e121\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introductory Remarks 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Finite Pulse Duration and Adiabatic Pulses 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Finite Pulse Duration: Excitation Profile and Spectral Distortions 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Adiabatic Pulses 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Inhomogeneous and Homogeneous Line Broadening Mechanisms 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Dilute Spin-1\/2 Nuclei 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Broadline NMR Spectra 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Cross-polarization 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.1 Pulse Sequence and Hartmann–Hahn Conditions 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.2 CP Explained by AHT 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.3 CP Explained by the Thermodynamic Model 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.4 CP Dynamics 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2.5 CP-related Techniques 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Heteronuclear Spin Decoupling 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 CWHeteronuclear Spin Decoupling Explained by AHT 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Beyond CW: Off-resonance Effects and Pulse Decoupling Schemes 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Echo Experiments 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Abundant Spin-1\/2 Nuclei 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Broadline NMR Spectra 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 Spin Diffusion 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.1 Fick’s Equation of Diffusion 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.2 The Goldman–Shen Experiment 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2.3 Influence of Spin Diffusion on Spin-Lattice Relaxation Times 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Moment Analysis 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4 Echo Experiments for Refocusing the Homonuclear Dipolar Interaction 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.1 Solid Echo 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.4.2 Magic-sandwich Echo 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Quadrupolar Nuclei 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Broadline NMR Spectra 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Selective and Non-selective RF Pulses 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.3 Cross-polarization 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4 Echo and Sensitivity Enhancement Experiments 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.1 Quadrupolar Echo 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.2 Solomon and Hahn Echoes 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.3 Quadrupolar Carr–Purcell–Meiboom–Gill 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.4.4 Other Sensitivity Enhancement Techniques 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 1D High-resolution Solid-state NMR Spectroscopy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e227\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Dilute Spin-1\/2 Nuclei 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Sample Rotation 228\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Spinning Sideband Suppression 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 Heteronuclear Spin Decoupling and Sample Spinning 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Cross-polarization and Sample Spinning 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Basic Pulse Experiments Under MAS Conditions 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5.1 Pulse Sequences for the Measurement of Relaxation Times 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5.2 Pulse Sequences for Spectral Editing: Distinguishing Components with Different Dynamic Properties 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5.3 Pulse Sequences for Spectral Editing: Distinguishing Rare Nuclei With Different Chemical Bonds 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5.4 Pulse Sequences for Quantitative Determinations: CP \u003ci\u003evs \u003c\/i\u003eSPE 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Abundant Spin-1\/2 Nuclei 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Sample Rotation 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Multiple Pulse Experiments 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Combined Pulse and Sample Rotation Experiments 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Quadrupolar Nuclei 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Sample Rotation 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Integer Spin Nuclei 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Half-integer Spin Nuclei 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.1 CT Spectra 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.2 Double Angle Rotation 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3.3 Satellite Transition Spectroscopy 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Sensitivity Enhancement 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 2D Solid-State NMR Spectroscopy \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e309\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Basic Concepts 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Basic Structure of 2D Experiments 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Need for Recoupling 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Double (Multiple) Quantum Spectroscopy 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Experiments Based on Chemical Shift Anisotropy 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 MAH, MAT, 5-π, and Related Experiments 318\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 STAG, S\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e, SASS 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 VACSY 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 TOSS–ReverseTOSS and 2D-PASS 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 CSA Amplification Methods 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.6 Pulse Sequences Recoupling Chemical Shift Anisotropy 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.7 Pulse Sequences for Abundant Spin-1\/2 Nuclei 326\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.8 Rotary Resonance (RR) 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Experiments Based on Heteronuclear Dipolar Coupling 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Heteronuclear Correlation Through Dipolar Interaction 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Separated Local Field (SLF) 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Rotary Resonance Recoupling (R\u003csup\u003e3\u003c\/sup\u003e) 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 REDOR 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 REAPDOR and TRAPDOR 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 TEDOR 352\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.7 HARDSHIP 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Experiments Based on Homonuclear Dipolar Coupling 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 WISE 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Rotational Resonance (R\u003csup\u003e2\u003c\/sup\u003e) 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Broadband Homonuclear Dipolar Recoupling 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.1 DRAMA and MELODRAMA 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.2 RFDR and SEDRA 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.3 2Q-HORROR, MSD-HORROR, and DREAM 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.4 BABA 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.5 Symmetry-based Recoupling Schemes: C7 and POST-C7 370\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.6 Dipolar Truncation and High-order Recoupling Schemes 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Homonuclear Correlation Through Dipolar Interaction 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Experiments Based on \u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e-coupling 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.1 Heteronuclear Correlation Through \u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e-coupling 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5.2 Homonuclear Correlation Through \u003ci\u003eJ\u003c\/i\u003e-coupling 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Experiments Based on Quadrupolar Interaction 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.1 Nutation 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.2 DAH and DAS 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.3 MQMAS 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6.4 STMAS 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Molecular Dynamics by Solid-State NMR \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e397\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Experimental Observables and Motional Timescales 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1 Spectral Lineshapes 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1.1 High-Resolution Spectra 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1.2 Powder Spectra 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.1.3 Spectra Acquired by “Exchange” Experiments 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2 Relaxation Times in Solids 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.1 Spin–Spin Relaxation Times 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.2 Spin–Lattice Relaxation Times of Abundant Nuclei 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.3 Spin–Lattice Relaxation Times of Rare Nuclei 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.4 Dipolar and Quadrupolar Spin–Lattice Relaxation Times 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.2.5 Theory of Relaxation 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1.3 Absolute Frequency Regimes 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Motional Models 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Models for Lineshape Analysis 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Spectral Densities 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Dependence of Correlation Times on Temperature 423\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Broadline Experiments 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Acquisition of 1D Spectra 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Measurement of Relaxation Times 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.1 Spin–Spin Relaxation Times, FID Analysis, and DQ Techniques 426\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2.2 Spin–Lattice Relaxation Times 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Other Techniques 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.1 Stationary Stimulated Echo 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.2 2D Exchange 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3.3 Spin Alignment 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 High-Resolution Experiments 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Acquisition of 1D and 2D Spectra 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.1 1D Chemical Exchange 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.2 Line Broadening from Interferences 439\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1.3 Lineshapes from 2D Experiments 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Measurement of Relaxation Times 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.1 Abundant Nuclei 440\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2.2 Rare Nuclei 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Other Techniques 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.1 2D Chemical Exchange 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.2 1D and 2D Exchange of Spinning Sidebands 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3.3 CODEX 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Application of SSNMR to Selected Classes of Systems \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003e447\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Pharmaceuticals 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Introduction 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Polymorphs, Solvates, and Salts 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.3 Molecular Complexes and Cocrystals 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.4 NMR Crystallography 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.5 Molecular Dynamics 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.6 Disordered and Amorphous Forms 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.7 Identification of API Forms in Formulations 461\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.8 Miscibility and Interactions in Drug Formulations and Dispersions 463\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Polymeric Materials 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Introduction 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Primary Structure 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Secondary and Tertiary Structure 466\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Phase Properties 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.1 Polymorphism 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.2 Heterophasicity 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4.3 Phase Transformations 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Interfaces and Domain Dimensions 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Molecular Dynamics 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6.1 Motions in Glassy and Crystalline Phases 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6.2 Motions in Rubbers and Melts 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Inorganic and Organic–Inorganic Materials 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Introduction 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Inorganic Systems 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.1 Silicates 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.2 Zeolites 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.3 Aluminophosphates 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2.4 Amorphous Materials: Cements, Geopolymers, and Glasses 493\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Organic–Inorganic Materials 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.1 Organometallic Complexes 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.2 Metal–Organic Frameworks 500\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3.3 Organically Modified Fillers and Polymer\/Filler Composites 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Liquid Crystals and Model Membranes 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Introduction 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Mesogens and Mesophases 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 SSNMR Techniques for Investigating Mesophases 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Orientational Order 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.5 Phase Structure 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.6 Molecular Dynamics 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 531\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Wiley-VCH Verlag GmbH","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743115784535,"sku":"9783527318162","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}]},{"product_id":"analytical-chemistry-i-9783662663356","title":"Analytical Chemistry I","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis workbook takes you through the successful work Harris, Textbook of Quantitative Analysis and is designed primarily for self-study. In five parts, the lecture content of analytical chemistry is summarized and explained using selected examples. Basic concepts of analytical chemistry are presented as well as the principle and various techniques of dimensional analysis and chromatography. UV\/VIS, infrared and Raman spectroscopy are used to explain the investigation of molecularly present compounds, and selected techniques of atomic spectroscopy conclude the introduction to the fundamentals of analysis. The textbook's essential sections and illustrations are repeatedly referred to, which facilitates independent learning of the fundamentals of analytical chemistry.\u003cbr\u003eEasy to read, the book introduces the fundamentals and key techniques of analytical chemistry; it is aimed at undergraduate students of chemistry or related science subjects. It repeatedly refers back to the basics familiar from courses in general chemistry, so that the connections between what is already known and what is new become immediately apparent. Learning with this workbook has been tested in a distance learning chemistry course and facilitates preparation for module examinations in analytical chemistry.\u003cp\u003eThis book is a translation of the original German 1\u003csup\u003est\u003c\/sup\u003e edition \u003ci\u003eAnalytische Chemie I \u003c\/i\u003eby Ulf Ritgen, published by Springer-Verlag GmbH Germany, part of Springer Nature in 2019. The translation was done with the help of artificial intelligence (machine translation by the service DeepL.com). A subsequent human revision was done primarily in terms of content, so that the book will read stylistically differently from a conventional translation. Springer Nature works continuously to further the development of tools for the production of books and on the related technologies to support the authors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eI Fundamentals.- Basic concepts of analysis.- Sampling and sample preparation.- Quality assurance and calibration.- II Dimensional analysis.- General information on dimensional analysis.- Dimensional analysis with acids and bases.- Dimensional analysis with complexes (complexometry).- A combination with considerable potential: redox titrations.- Poor solubility can be an advantage: Precipitation titration.- Gravimetry.- Selected detection methods.- III Chromatographic methods.- General aspects of chromatography.- Liquid chromatography (LC).- Gas chromatography (GC).- More specialized forms of chromatography.- Electrophoresis.- Choice of methodology.- IV Molecular spectroscopy.- General aspects of spectroscopy.- Excitation of electrons.- Vibrational spectroscopy.- V Atomic spectroscopy.- General aspects of atomic spectroscopy.- Atomic absorption spectroscopy (AAS).- Atomic emission spectrometry (AES, OES).- X-ray fluorescence analysis (XRF).- Glossary.","brand":"Springer-Verlag Berlin and Heidelberg GmbH \u0026 Co. KG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743143342423,"sku":"9783662663356","price":43.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783662663356.jpg?v=1720064299"},{"product_id":"dietary-supplement-test-methods-liquid-chromatography-separation-techniques-and-application-9789811249242","title":"Dietary Supplement Test Methods: Liquid","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book describes the analytical approach to testing over 160 important dietary supplement ingredients. In addition to the methods, there is significant guidance provided on how to develop, modify, and improve testing techniques. The procedures in this book include some of the most modern technologies that are available in the laboratory today. These basic principles of method development and troubleshooting can be implemented for food and food safety testing, drug development research, and agricultural areas. The contents of this book contain a very comprehensive collection of valuable analytical tools.","brand":"World Scientific Publishing Co Pte Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48743282868567,"sku":"9789811249242","price":130.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9789811249242.jpg?v=1723812656"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-analytical-chemistry-9780357450390","title":"Fundamentals of Analytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. The Nature of Analytical Chemistry Part 1:  Quality of Analytical Measurements 2.Calculations Used In Analytical Chemistry 3.Precision and Accuracy of Chemical Analysis 4.Random Errors in Chemical Analysis 5.Statistical Data Treatment and Evaluation 6.Sampling, Standardization and Calibration Part II Chemical Equilibria 7.Aqueous Solutions and Chemical Equilibria 8.Effect of Electrolytes on Chemical Equilibria 9.Solving Equilibrium Problems for Complex Systems Part III Classical Methods of Analysis 10.Gravimetric Methods of Analysis 11.Titrations in Analytical Chemistry 12.Principles of Neutralization Titrations 13.Complex Acid\/Base Systems 14.Applications of Neutralization Titrations 15.Complexation and Precipitation Reactions and Titrations Part IV Electrochemical Methods 16.Introduction to Electrochemistry 17.Applications of Standard Electrode Potentials 18.Applications of Oxidation\/Reduction Titrations 19.Potentiometry 20.Bulk Electrolysis: Electrogravimetry and Coulometry 21.Voltammetry Part VSpectrochemical Analysis 22.Introduction to Spectrochemical Methods 23.Instruments for Optical Spectrometry 24.Molecular Absorption Spectroscopy 25.Molecular Fluorescence Spectroscopy 26.Atomic Spectroscopy 27.Mass Spectrometry Part VI  Kinetics and Separations 28.Kinetic Methods of Analysis 29.Introduction to Analytical Separations 30.Gas Chromatography 31.High-Performance Liquid Chromatography 32.Miscellaneous Separation Methods Part VII Practical Aspects of Chemical Analysis Chapters 33-37 are available as pdf files on the Web 33.Analysis of Real Samples 34.Preparing Samples for Analysis 35.Decomposing and Desolving the Sample 36.Chemicals. Apparatus, and Unit Operations of Analytical Chemistry 37.Selected Methods of Analysis","brand":"Cengage Learning, Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48864473186647,"sku":"9780357450390","price":79.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780357450390.jpg?v=1722272110"},{"product_id":"electrochemical-impedance-spectroscopy-9781118527399","title":"Electrochemical Impedance Spectroscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eProvides fundamentals needed to apply impedance spectroscopy to a broad range of applications with emphasis on obtaining physically meaningful insights from measurements.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThe Blind Men and the Elephant xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA Brief Introduction to Impedance Spectroscopy xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHistory of Impedance Spectroscopy xxxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eI Background 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Complex Variables 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Why Imaginary Numbers? 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Terminology 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Operations Involving Complex Variables 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Elementary Functions of Complex Variables 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Differential Equations 25\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Linear First-Order Differential Equations 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Homogeneous Linear Second-Order Differential Equations 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Nonhomogeneous Linear Second-Order Differential Equations 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Chain Rule for Coordinate Transformations 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Partial Differential Equations by Similarity Transformations 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Differential Equations with Complex Variables 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Statistics 45\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Definitions 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Error Propagation 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Hypothesis Tests 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Electrical Circuits 73\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Passive Electrical Circuits 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Fundamental Relationships 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Nested Circuits 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Mathematical Equivalence of Circuits 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Graphical Representation of Circuit Response 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Electrochemistry 87\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Resistors and Electrochemical Cells 87\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Polarization Behavior for Electrochemical Systems 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Definitions of Potential 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Rate Expressions 107\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Transport Processes 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Potential Contributions 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Capacitance Contributions 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Further Reading 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Electrochemical Instrumentation 127\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 The Ideal Operational Amplifier 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Elements of Electrochemical Instrumentation 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Electrochemical Interface 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eII Experimental Considerations 137\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Experimental Methods 139\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Steady-State Polarization Curves 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Transient Response to a Potential Step 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Analysis in Frequency Domain 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Comparison of Measurement Techniques 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Specialized Techniques 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Experimental Design 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Cell Design 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Experimental Considerations 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Instrumentation Parameters 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIII Process Models 187\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Equivalent Circuit Analogs 189\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 General Approach 189\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Current Addition 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Potential Addition 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Kinetic Models 203\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 General Mathematical Framework 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Electrochemical Reactions 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Multiple Independent Electrochemical Reactions 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Coupled Electrochemical Reactions 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Electrochemical and Heterogeneous Chemical Reactions 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Diffusion Impedance 237\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Uniformly Accessible Electrode 238\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Porous Film 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Rotating Disk 249\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Submerged Impinging Jet 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Rotating Cylinders 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Electrode Coated by a Porous Film 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Impedance with Homogeneous Chemical Reactions 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.8 Dynamic Surface Films 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Impedance of Materials 291\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Electrical Properties of Materials 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Dielectric Response in Homogeneous Media 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Cole-Cole Relaxation 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Geometric Capacitance 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Dielectric Response of Insulating Non-Homogenous Media 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Mott-Schottky Analysis 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Time-Constant Dispersion 307\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Transmission Line Models 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Geometry–Induced Current and Potential Distributions 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Electrode Surface Property Distributions 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Characteristic Dimension for Frequency Dispersion 358\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Convective Diffusion Impedance at Small Electrodes 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Coupled Charging and Faradaic Currents 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Exponential Resistivity Distributions 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Constant–Phase Elements 383\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Mathematical Formulation for a CPE 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 When is a Time–Constant Distribution a CPE? 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Origin of Distributions Resulting in a CPE 388\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Approaches for Extracting Physical Properties 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Limitations to the Use of the CPE 404\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 406\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Generalized Transfer Functions 409\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Multi-Input\/Multi-Output Systems 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Transfer Functions Involving Exclusively Electrical Quantities 417\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Transfer Functions Involving Nonelectrical Quantities 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 429\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Electrohydrodynamic Impedance 431\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Hydrodynamic Transfer Function 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Mass-Transport Transfer Function 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Kinetic Transfer Function for Simple Electrochemical Reactions 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Interface with a 2-D or 3-D Insulating Phase 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 454\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIV Interpretation Strategies 455\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Methods for Representing Impedance 457\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Impedance Format 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Admittance Format 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Complex-Capacitance Format 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Effective Capacitance 478\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 482\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Graphical Methods 483\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Based on Nyquist Plots 484\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Based on Bode Plots 491\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Based on Imaginary Part of the Impedance 495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Based on Dimensionless Frequency 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 System–Specific Applications 502\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Overview 512\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Complex Nonlinear Regression 517\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Concept 517\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Objective Functions 519\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Formalism of Regression Strategies 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Regression Strategies for Nonlinear Problems 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Influence of Data Quality on Regression 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Initial Estimates for Regression 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Regression Statistics 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 536\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Assessing Regression Quality 539\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Methods to Assess Regression Quality 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Application of Regression Concepts 540\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 555\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eV Statistical Analysis 557\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Error Structure of Impedance Measurements 559\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Error Contributions 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Stochastic Errors in Impedance Measurements 560\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Bias Errors 566\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Incorporation of Error Structure 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Measurement Models for Error Identification 572\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 583\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 The Kramers-Kronig Relations 585\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Methods for Application 585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Mathematical Origin 590\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 The Kramers-Kronig in an Expectation Sense 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 605\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVI Overview 607\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 An Integrated Approach to Impedance Spectroscopy 609\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Flowcharts for Regression Analysis 609\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Integration of Measurements, Error Analysis, and Model 610\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Application 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVII Reference Material 621\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eA Complex Integrals 623\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.1 Definition of Terms 623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.2 Cauchy-Riemann Conditions 625\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA.3 Complex Integration 627\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 633\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eB Tables of Reference Material 635\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eC List of Examples 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Symbols 643\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 655\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 684\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866373108055,"sku":"9781118527399","price":100.76,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781118527399.jpg?v=1722278339"},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-analytical-toxicology-9781119122340","title":"Fundamentals of Analytical Toxicology","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eFundamentals of Analytical Toxicology\u003c\/i\u003e is an integrated introduction to the analysis of drugs, poisons, and other foreign compounds in biological and related specimens. Assuming only basic knowledge of analytical chemistry, this invaluable guide helps trainee analytical toxicologists understand the principles and practical skills involved in detecting, identifying, and measuring a broad range of compounds in various biological samples. Clear, easy-to-read chapters provide detailed information on topics including sample collection and preparation, spectrophotometric and luminescence techniques, liquid and gas-liquid chromatography, and mass spectrometry including hyphenated techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eThis new edition contains thoroughly revised content that reflects contemporary practices and advances in analytical methods. Expanding the scope of the 1995 World Health Organization (WHO) basic analytical toxicology manual, the text includes coverage of separation science, essential phar\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface xxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eHealth and Safety xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eNomenclature, Symbols, and Conventions xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eUniform Resource Locators xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAmount Concentration and Mass Concentration xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements xxxiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Abbreviations xxxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection A The Basics 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Analytical Toxicology: Overview 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Modern analytical toxicology 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Provision of analytical toxicology services 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Applications of analytical toxicology 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Summary 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Sample Collection, Transport, and Storage 23\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Clinical samples and sampling 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Guidelines for sample collection for analytical toxicology 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Sample transport, storage, and disposal 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Common interferences 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Summary 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Basic Laboratory Operations 52\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Aspects of quantitative analysis 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Use of internal standards 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Method comparison 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Non-parametric statistics 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Quality control and quality assessment 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Operational considerations 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Summary 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Aspects of Sample Preparation 94\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Modes of sample preparation 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Plasma protein binding 112\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Hydrolysis of conjugated metabolites 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Extraction of drugs from tissues 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Summary 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Colour Tests, and Spectrophotometric and Luminescence Techniques 120\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Colour tests in toxicology 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Colour tests for pharmaceuticals and illicit drugs 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 UV\/Visible spectrophotometry 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Fluorescence and phosphorescence 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Chemiluminescence 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Infrared and Raman spectroscopy 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Summary 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Immunoassays and Related Assays 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Basic principles of competitive binding assays 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Heterogeneous immunoassays 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Homogenous immunoassays 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Microparticulate and turbidimetric immunoassays 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Assay calibration, quality control, and quality assessment 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 Interferences and assay failures 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Aptamer-based assays 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.9 Enzyme-based assays 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.10 Summary 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection B Separation Science 167\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Separation Science: Theoretical Aspects 169\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 General introduction 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Theoretical aspects of chromatography 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Measurement of analyte retention 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Summary 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Planar Chromatography 182\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Qualitative thin-layer chromatography 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Quantitative thin-layer chromatography 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Summary 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 192\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Gas Chromatography 193\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Instrumentation 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Columns and column packings 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Headspace and ‘purge and trap’ analysis 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Formation of artefacts in gas chromatography 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Derivatization for gas chromatography 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Chiral separations 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.8 Summary 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Liquid Chromatography 223\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 General considerations 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Detection in liquid chromatography 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Columns and column packings 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Modes of liquid chromatography 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Chiral separations 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Derivatives for liquid chromatography 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Use of liquid chromatography in analytical toxicology 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Summary 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography 264\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Introduction 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 General considerations 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Detection in supercritical fluid chromatography 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Columns and column packings 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Chiral separations 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.6 Toxicological and forensic applications 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.7 Summary 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Capillary Electrophoretic Techniques 275\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Theoretical aspects 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Sample injection in capillary electrophoresis 280\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Detection in capillary electrophoresis 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Other capillary electrokinetic modes 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 Capillary electrophoretic techniques in analytical toxicology 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.7 Summary 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Mass Spectrometry 289\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Instrumentation 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry 304\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Supercritical fluid chromatography-mass spectrometry 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.6 Capillary electrophoresis-mass spectrometry 309\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.7 Direct introduction mass spectrometry 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.8 Presentation of mass spectral data 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.9 Interpretation of mass spectra 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.10 Quantitative mass spectrometry 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.11 Mass spectrometry imaging 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.12 Summary 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Ion Mobility Spectrometry 329\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Theoretical aspects 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Types of ion mobility spectrometry 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Resolving power 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Interfacing ion mobility spectrometry 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Applications of ion mobility spectrometry in analytical toxicology 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Summary 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection C Essential Pharmacokinetics 345\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Absorption, Distribution, Metabolism, and Excretion of Xenobiotics 347\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Movement of drugs and other xenobiotics around the body 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Routes of administration 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Distribution 355\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Metabolism 357\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Excretion 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Pharmacogenetics and pharmacogenomics 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.8 Summary 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Pharmacokinetics 379\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Fundamental concepts 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Absorption and elimination 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Drug accumulation 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Sustained-release preparations 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Non-linear pharmacokinetics 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.7 Multi-compartment models 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.8 Non-compartmental methods 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.9 Factors affecting pharmacokinetic parameters 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.10 Disease 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.11 Pharmacokinetics and the interpretation of results 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.12 Summary 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection D Analytical Toxicology 405\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Toxicology Testing at the Point of Contact 407\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Use of point of contact testing 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Toxicology testing at the point of contact 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Interferences and adulterants 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.5 Quality assessment 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.6 Summary 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Laboratory Testing for Substance Misuse 422\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 422\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Urine testing 425\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Oral fluid testing 433\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Blood testing 437\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Hair testing 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.6 Breath testing 445\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.7 Sweat testing 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.8 Summary 446\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 General Analytical Toxicology 452\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 452\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Gas chromatography 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Gas chromatography-mass spectrometry 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Liquid chromatography 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Liquid chromatography-high resolution mass spectrometry 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Summary 473\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Therapeutic Drug Monitoring 479\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Introduction 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Sample collection 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Sample types 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Analytical methods 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Factors affecting interpretation of results 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 Gazetteer 486\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 Summary 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 499\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Trace Elements and Toxic Metals 505\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Sample collection and storage 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Sample preparation 507\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Atomic spectrometry 509\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Colorimetry and fluorimetry 520\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6 Electrochemical methods 521\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.7 Catalytic methods 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.8 Neutron activation analysis 523\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.9 Chromatographic methods 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.10 Quality assessment 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.11 Summary 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 525\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Clinical Interpretation of Analytical Results 527\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 527\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Clinical toxicology 529\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Forensic toxicology 533\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Gazetteer 539\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Sources of further information 574\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 Summary 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 576\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 587\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866387231063,"sku":"9781119122340","price":94.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119122340.jpg?v=1722278407"},{"product_id":"burnt-human-remains-9781119682608","title":"Burnt Human Remains","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eBURNT HUMAN REMAINS\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAn all-encompassing reference and guide designed for professionals involved in the forensic analysis of burnt remains\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eBurnt Human Remains: Recovery, Analysis and Interpretation \u003c\/i\u003epresents an in-depth multidisciplinary approach to the detection, recovery, analysis, and identification of thermally altered remains. Bridging the gap between research and practice, this invaluable one-stop reference\u003cb\u003e \u003c\/b\u003eprovides detailed coverage of analytical techniques in forensic medicine and pathology, forensic anthropology, forensic odontology, and forensic chemistry and forensic biology. Contributions from a panel of expert authors review the newest findings in forensics research and discuss their applicability to forensic case work. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOpening with a historical overview of the discipline, the book covers the search and recovery aspects of burnt human remains, medico-legal investigations, determination of the post mortem interval of burnt remains, structu\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAbout the Editors xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSeries Preface xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 History of the Study of Burnt Remains 1\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDouglas H. Ubelaker and Austin A. Shamlou\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Early Developments Prior to 1980 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Post-1980 Advanced Experimentation and Casework 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The 1990s: New Methods and Case Applications 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Summary and Conclusions 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 1 Search and Recovery of Burnt Human Remains from the Fire Scene\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Fire Environments and Characteristic Burn Patterns of Human Remains from Four Common Types of Fatal Fire Scenes 13\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eElayne Pope\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 13\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Experimental Research of Fire and Human Bodies 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 How the Human Body Burns 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Variables of Fire Environments 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Structure Fires 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Burning Directly on the Floor 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 The Body on Furnishings: Couches and Chairs 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 The Body on Furnishings: Bed 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 Loss of the Floor 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.10 Collapse into a Lower Level 23\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.11 Vehicle Fires 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.12 Driver and Passenger Space 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.13 Rear Passenger Space with Bench Seats 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.14 Trunk Environment 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.15 Confined Space Fires 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.16 Outdoor Space Fires 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.17 Ignitable Liquids on Bodies 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.18 Burning Outdoor Debris Piles 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.19 Post-Fire Fragmentation of Burnt Bones 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.20 Suppression 32\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.21 Recovery and Transport from Fatal Fire Scenes 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.22 Conclusions 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Recovery and Interpretation of Human Remains from Fatal Fire Scenes\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cb\u003e37\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlexandra R. Klales; Allison Nesbitt; Dennis C. Dirkmaat and Luis L. Cabo\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Summary of Fires in the USA 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Statement of the Problem 39\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Current Fatal Fire Victim Recovery Protocols 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 NIJ Protocols 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Special Circumstances 51\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Conclusions 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 55\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Considerations to Maximize Recovery of Post-mortem Dental Information to Facilitate Identification of Severely Incinerated Human Remains 59\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn Berketa and Denice Higgins\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Identification 59\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Documentation 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Preparation 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Prepacked Scene Equipment 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Scene Arrival 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Safety Issues 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Overall Scene Evaluation 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Considerations Regarding DNA Evidence 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 Considerations Regarding Dental Evidence 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 Moving the Victim 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.12 Conclusions 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 2 Examination and Identification of Burnt Human Remains\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Methods for Analyzing Burnt Human Remains 75\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAmanda N. Williams\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Anthropological Methods for Classifying Burnt Remains 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Medicolegal Classification Methods 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Need for New Model within the Forensic Sciences 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 A New Classification System 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Best Practices in Applying this New Model 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Case Study #1 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Case Study #2 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Case Study #3 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Case Study #4 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.10 Case Study #5 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.11 Broader Implications 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.12 Conclusions 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Burnt Human Remains and Forensic Medicine 99\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSarah Ellingham; Joe Adserias-Garriga and Peter Ellis\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Fire Death Statistics 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Statistics of Manner of Fire-Related Deaths 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 Prevalence of Self-Immolation 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Prevalence of Criminal Immolation 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Fire Damage to the Body 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Classification of the Degree of Fire Damage 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Medicolegal Determination of Cause of Death 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.6 Medicolegal Determination of Manner of Death 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.7 The Use of Post-Mortem Imaging for the Analysis of Burn Victims 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.8 Conclusion 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 110\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Skeletal Alteration of Burnt Remains through Fire Exposure 113\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJoe Adserias-Garriga\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Assessment of the Severity of the Thermal Damage in the Forensic Context 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Soft Tissue Alterations by Fire Exposure 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Bone Alteration by Fire Exposure 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Teeth Alteration by Fire Exposure 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Signature Changes in Skeletal Elements after Cremation 122\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Conclusions 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Challenges of Biological Profile Estimation from Burnt Remains 133\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTim J.U. Thompson\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Why Does Burning Affect Methods of Identification? 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 How Does the Context of Burning Impede the Creation of Biological Profiles? 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Challenges of Biological Profile Estimation of Burnt Remains 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Morphological Methods 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Metric Methods 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Other Approaches to Biological Profile Estimation 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Conclusions 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Victim Identification: The Role of Incinerated Dental Materials 147\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePeter J. Bush; Mary A. Bush and Raymond Miller\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 147\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Microstructural Changes in Teeth after Incineration 148\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Structural Changes Due to Restorative Procedures 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Case Reports 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Case Report 1: Airline Crash 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Case Report 2: Double Homicide 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Conclusions 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Techniques for the Differentiation of Blunt Force Sharp Force and Gunshot Traumas from Heat Fractures in Burnt Remains 167\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eHanna Friedlander; Megan Moore and Pamela Mayne Correia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Bone Fracture Biomechanics: Fresh Bone 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Bone Fracture Biomechanics: Stages of Thermal Damage 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Heat Fractures 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Blunt Force Trauma in Burnt Remains 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Sharp Force Trauma in Burnt Remains 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.7 Gunshot Trauma in Burnt Remains 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.8 Case Study: 3D Modelling of Traumatic and Heat Fractures in Cranial and Irregular Bone 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.9 Discussion 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.10 Conclusions 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePermissions 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 3 Analytical Approaches to the Analysis of Burnt Bone\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Biochemical Alterations of Bone Subjected to Fire 193\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSarah Ellingham and Sara C. Zapico\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 The Biological and Chemical Makeup of Fresh Bone 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1.1 Introduction 193\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Bone Transformation When Subjected to Heat 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Analytical Approaches to Observing Bone Transformation 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Colorimetry 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 SEM-EDX 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Fourier Transform Infrared-Spectroscopy 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Raman Spectroscopy 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 X-Ray Diffraction 201\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.6 Thermogravimetric Analysis (TGA) and Differential Scanning Calorimetry (DSC) 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.7 Amino Acid Racemization 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 DNA 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 Changes to the Bone at Different Temperatures 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.1 100°C Exposure 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.2 200°C Exposure 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.3 300°C Exposure 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.4 400°C Exposure 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.5 500°C Exposure 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.6 600°C Exposure 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.7 700°C Exposure 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.8 800°C Exposure 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.9 900°C Exposure 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5.10 1000°C Exposure 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11\u003ci\u003e.\u003c\/i\u003e6 Conclusion 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 DNA Profiling from Burnt Remains 213\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSara C. Zapico and Rebecca Stone-Gordon\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Introduction 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Research Studies on Burnt Remains 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Forensic Cases 218\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Alternative Approaches and New Technologies 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Assessment of DNA Damage 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Alternatives for DNA Extraction 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 New Technologies 223\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Conclusions 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Applying Colorimetry to the Study of Low Temperature Thermal \u003c\/b\u003e\u003cb\u003eChanges in Bone 229\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristopher W. Schmidt and Alexandria McDaniel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Introduction 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Colorimetry 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Challenges of Colorimetry 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Case Study 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.5 Conclusion 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 The Use of Histology to Distinguish Animal from Human Burnt Bone with Reference to Some Limitations 241\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePamela Mayne Correia; Kalyna Horocholyn and Kassandra Pointer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Introduction 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Bone Tissue 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Primary Bone Tissue 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Secondary Bone 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Vertebrate Histology 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Burnt Bone Histology 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Case Study for Comparison of Histology of Cremated Bone 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Qualitative and Quantitative Analysis for Case Study 259\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Discussion 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.7 Conclusion 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Isotope Analysis from Cremated Remains 273\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristophe Snoeck\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Introduction 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Infrared Analyses 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Radiocarbon Dating 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Isotope Analyses 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Carbon and Oxygen Isotope Ratios 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Strontium Isotope Ratios and Concentrations 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Archaeological Case Studies 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Stonehenge 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.2 Meuse Basin Belgium and the Netherlands 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Conclusions 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 285\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 The Application of Imaging to Heat-Induced Bone 291\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRachael M. Carew and David Errickson\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Introduction 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Technological Progression 292\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 The Current Technology 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.1 Two-Dimensional Imaging 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3.2 Three-Dimensional Imaging 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 The Application of Imaging to Heat-Induced and Burnt Bodies 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.1 Locating and Identifying Burnt Bone 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.2 Visual Capture and Documentation for Recording and Archiving 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.3 Quantifying and Analyzing Burnt Remains 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.4 Reconstruction 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4.5 Ethical and Legal Considerations within the Forensic Context 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Discussion and Conclusion 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 The First Reference Collection for the Research of Burnt Human Skeletal Remains Stemming from the 21st Century Identified Skeletal Collection (Portugal) 313\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid Gonçalves; Calil Makhoul; Maria Teresa Ferreira and Eugénia Cunha\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Introduction 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.1 The Challenge Posed by Burnt Skeletal Remains 313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.2 Changing the Paradigm 315\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.3 The 21st Century Identified Skeletal Collection 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.4 Preparing the Skeletons 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1.5 Composition of the Collection 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Research Potential 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Final Comments 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003ePart 4 Case Studies\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Analysis of Burnt Human Remains: Statistical Perspectives from Casework in Forensic Anthropology 337\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eDouglas H. Ubelaker; Cassandra M. DeGaglia and Haley Khosrowshahi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Materials and Methods 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Results 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Discussion 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Conclusions 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eLiterature Cited 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 The Challenge of Burnt Remains from the Brazilian “Microwave Oven” 345\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMelina Calmon Silva; Eugénia Cunha and Yara Vieira Lemos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Introduction 345\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Brazilian Homicide Rates 346\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 The Relationship between Homicide and Drugs 347\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 The “Microwave Oven” Modality of Death \/ Disposability of Human Remains 348\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Phases of Rubber Tire Combustion 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 The Challenges of Investigating “Microwave Oven” Deaths 351\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 The Role of Forensic Anthropology 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6.1 Case Study 1 354\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6.2 Case Study 2 359\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Conclusion 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConflicts of Interest 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eEthical Approval 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 366\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Recovery and Identification of Fatal Fire Victims from the 2018 Northern California Camp Fire Disaster 371\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eColleen Milligan; Alison Galloway; Ashley Kendell; Lauren Zephro; P. Willey and Eric Bartelink\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Overview of the Camp Fire 371\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Wildfire Burn Environments and Condition of Remains 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Field to Morgue: What’s Important for Identification Efforts? 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Morgue Identification 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Conclusions 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Recovery and Identification of Burnt Remains in a Military Theatre of Operations: The Warrior Six 383\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJulie Roberts\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Introduction 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1.1 Improvised Explosive Devices and Blast Injuries 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1.2 The Effects of Heat on Bone 384\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Background to the Case 385\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Assessment of the Vehicle and Recovered Remains 387\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Excavation Strategy and Methodology 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 Examination of the Remains in the Temporary Mortuary 394\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6 Examinations in the Role 3 Hospital 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.1 Soldier A 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.2 Soldier B 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.3 Soldier C 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.4 Soldier D 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.5 Soldier E 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.6.6 Soldier F 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.7 Post-mortem Examinations and Positive Identification in the UK 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.8 Conclusions 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Volcanoes Bones and Heat: The Case of the AD 79 Victims of Vesuvius 407\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePier paolo Petrone\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Introduction 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 The AD 79 Eruption of Vesuvius 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 The Date of the Eruption 410\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Historical and Archaeological Context of the Discovery 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Bioarchaeological and Taphonomic Study 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.6 The Causes of Death 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.7 The Most Recent Studies 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.8 An Exceptional Discovery 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.9 Conclusions 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 431\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 437\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866411020631,"sku":"9781119682608","price":130.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119682608.jpg?v=1722278509"},{"product_id":"introduction-to-spectroscopy-9781285460123","title":"Introduction to Spectroscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIntroduces your students to the advances in spectroscopy with the text that has set the standard in the field for more than three decades.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Molecular Formulas and What Can Be Learned from Them. 2. Infrared Spectroscopy. 3. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Part One: Basic Concepts. 4. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Part Two: Carbon-13 Spectra, Including Heteronuclear Coupling with Other Nuclei. 5. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Part Three: Spin-Spin Coupling. 6. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Part Four: Other Topics in One-Dimensional NMR. 7. Ultraviolet Spectroscopy. 8. Mass Spectrometry. 9. Combined Structure Problems. 10. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy Part Five: Advanced NMR Techniques. Answers to Selected Problems. Appendix 1: Infrared Absorption Frequencies of Functional Groups. Appendix 2: Some Representative Chemical Shift Values for Various Types of Protons. Appendix 3: Typical Proton Coupling Constants. Appendix 4: Calculation of Proton (1H) Chemical Shifts. Appendix 5: Calculation of Carbon-13 Chemical Shifts. Appendix 6: 13C Coupling Constants. Appendix 7: Tables of Precise Masses and Isotopic Abundance Ratios for Molecular Ions Under Mass 100 Containing Carbon, Hydrogen, Nitrogen, and Oxygen. Appendix 8: Common Fragment Ions Under Mass 105. Appendix 9: Handy-Dandy Guide to Mass Spectral Fragmentation Patterns. Appendix 10: Index of Spectra.","brand":"Cengage Learning, Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866506801495,"sku":"9781285460123","price":78.84,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781285460123.jpg?v=1722278983"},{"product_id":"principles-of-instrumental-analysis-9781305577213","title":"Principles of Instrumental Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePRINCIPLES OF INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS, 7th Edition, places an emphasis on operating principles of each type of instrument, its optimal area of application, its sensitivity, its precision, and its limitations. You'll also learn about elementary analog and digital electronics, computers, and the treatment of analytical data.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1. Introduction. Section I: MEASUREMENT BASICS. 2. Electrical Components and Circuits. 3. Operational Amplifiers in Chemical Instrumentation. 4. Digital Electronics and Computers. 5. Signals and Noise. Instrumental Analysis in Action: The Electronic Analytical Laboratory. Section II: ATOMIC SPECTROSCOPY. 6. An Introduction to Spectrometric Methods. 7. Components of Optical Instruments. 8. An Introduction to Optical Atomic Spectrometry. 9. Atomic Absorption and Atomic Fluorescence Spectrometry. 10. Atomic Emission Spectrometry. 11. Atomic Mass Spectrometry. 12. Atomic X-Ray Spectrometry. Instrumental Analysis in Action: Monitoring Mercury. Section III: MOLECULAR SPECTROSCOPY. 13. An Introduction to Ultraviolet-Visible Molecular Absorption Spectrometry. 14. Applications of Ultraviolet-Visible Molecular Absorption Spectrometry. 15. Molecular Luminescence Spectrometry. 16. An Introduction to Infrared Spectrometry. 17. Applications of Infrared Spectrometry. 18. Raman Spectroscopy. 19. Nuclear Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy. 20. Molecular Mass Spectrometry. 21. Surface Characterization by Spectroscopy and Microscopy. Instrumental Analysis in Action: Assessing the Authenticity of the Vinland Map: Surface Analysis in the Service of History, Art, and Forensics. Section IV: ELECTROANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY. 22. An Introduction to Electroanalytical Chemistry. 23. Potentiometry. 24. Coulometry. 25. Voltammetry. Instrumental Analysis in Action: Measuring the Parts to Understand the Whole: The Microphysiometer. Section V: SEPARATION METHODS. 26. An Introduction to Chromatographic Separations. 27. Gas Chromatography. 28. High-Performance Liquid Chromatography. 29. Supercritical Fluid Chromatography and Extraction. 30. Capillary Electrophoresis, Electrochromatography, and Field-Flow Fractionation. Instrumental Analysis in Action: The Bisphenol A Controversy.  Section VI: MISCELLANEOUS METHODS. 31. Thermal Methods. 32. Radiochemical Methods. 33. Automated Methods of Analysis. 34. Particle Size Determination. Instrumental Analysis in Action: The John F. Kennedy Assassination. Appendices. Appendix 1: Evaluation of Analytical Data. Appendix 2: Activity Coefficients. Appendix 3: Some Standard and Formal Electrode Potentials. Appendix 4: Compounds Recommended for the Preparation of Standard Solutions of Some Common Elements. Answers to Selected Problems. Index.","brand":"Cengage Learning, Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48866549006679,"sku":"9781305577213","price":81.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781305577213.jpg?v=1722279177"},{"product_id":"essentials-of-nucleic-acid-analysis-9780854043675","title":"Essentials of Nucleic Acid Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOver the last decade there has been a rapid development of molecular techniques, with an increasing range of instrumentation now available. The development of accompanying reference literature has not kept pace with technological advances and this poses significant challenges to the analyst. Essentials of Nucleic Acid Analysis sets out to guide the analyst through the steps needed to obtain good quality results in DNA analysis. The underlying principles for achieving this goal were formulated by LGC (formerly the Laboratory of the Government Chemist) as the six principles for ensuring valid analytical measurement, which are detailed in the introduction. The reader is also provided with guidelines for method validation and quality control of established and emerging DNA measurement techniques. The authors of each chapter are practitioners of the art of DNA analysis in areas where the quality of the result is critical. Technical details and examples of application of key techniques in nu\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"...it is a book that is recommended reading for anyone involved in the analysis of nucleic acids, particularly those using PCR-based techniques.\" * Annals of Botany, doi: 10.1093\/aob\/mcp135 *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eChapter 1: Valid Analytical Molecular Biology: The Challenge; Chapter 2: Quality in the Analytical Molecular Biology Laboratory; Chapter 3: An Introduction to Method Validation; Chapter 4: DNA Extraction; Chapter 5: DNA Quantification; Chapter 6: PCR: Factors Affecting Reliability and Validity; Chapter 7: Quantitative Real-time PCR Analysis; Chapter 8: Multiplex PCR and Whole Genome Amplification; Chapter 9: Procedures for Quality Control of RNA Samples for Use in Quantitative Reverse Transcription PCR; Chapter 10: Microarrays","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48884779614551,"sku":"9780854043675","price":126.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780854043675.jpg?v=1722533427"},{"product_id":"advances-in-chemistry-research-volume-35-9781536107340","title":"Advances in Chemistry Research: Volume 35","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886054060375,"sku":"9781536107340","price":205.59,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781536107340.jpg?v=1722538653"},{"product_id":"advances-in-applied-spectroscopy-concepts-techniques-9781536124392","title":"Advances in Applied Spectroscopy: Concepts \u0026","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886070280535,"sku":"9781536124392","price":148.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781536124392.jpg?v=1722538712"},{"product_id":"hydrides-types-bonds-and-applications-9781536135817","title":"Hydrides: Types, Bonds and Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886088532311,"sku":"9781536135817","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781536135817.jpg?v=1722538776"},{"product_id":"pervaporation-process-materials-and-applications-9781536144598","title":"Pervaporation: Process, Materials and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePervaporation is a separation process in which the selective permeation of components of a liquid mixture is achieved by way of a chemical potential gradient through a non-porous membrane. In Pervaporation: Process, Materials and Applications, the fundamentals and applications of pervaporation are described as a promising technique for the recovery of flavor compounds from dilute aqueous solutions, separation of azeotropic mixtures and for the dehydration of organic solvents. This collection also describes history of pervaporation in an effort to outline the differences between this and other membrane separation technologies including dialysis, ultrafiltration, microfiltration, nanofiltration and reverse osmosis. The closing chapter focuses on the authors on-going development of high performance bio-based cellulosic membranes for ethyl tert-butyl ether purification by pervaporation. Cellulose acetate is extremely selective for ethanol removal from ethyl tert-butyl ether, however its flux is very low. Different strategies for improving its flux while maintaining a high selectivity are described and the main relationships between membrane structure, morphology and properties are illustrated.","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886104686935,"sku":"9781536144598","price":148.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781536144598.jpg?v=1722538833"},{"product_id":"solid-phase-extraction-procedure-applications-and-effects-9781536145823","title":"Solid-Phase Extraction: Procedure, Applications","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48886107111767,"sku":"9781536145823","price":83.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781536145823.jpg?v=1722538841"},{"product_id":"trace-metals-sources-applications-and-environmental-implications-9781685077976","title":"Trace Metals: Sources, Applications and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTrace metals are necessary for the proper functioning of living organisms and are absorbed by the body through diet or environmental exposure. However, excessive intake of trace metals can cause health problems. As such, the study of the presence of trace metals in the environment and their effects on health is important. This volume includes four chapters that provide details about trace metals in various contexts. Chapter One explains the nutritional zinc requirements of humans and discusses the usefulness of different supplements in various applications. Chapter Two addresses the different aspects of metal-microbial interactions, focusing on soil and sediment ecosystems. Chapter Three addresses pollution of heavy metals, emission sources, health implications, and commonly used methods for assessment of pollution. Lastly, Chapter Four assesses possible changes in the geochemical behaviour of chromium caused by sediment resuspension in a hypereutrophic estuary that receives domestic and industrial effluents daily.","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887501914455,"sku":"9781685077976","price":59.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781685077976.jpg?v=1722544868"},{"product_id":"more-molecules-of-murder-9781788011037","title":"More Molecules of Murder","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHow can a plant as beautiful as the foxglove be so deadly and yet for more than a century be used to treat heart disease? The same is true of other naturally occurring molecules as will be revealed in this current book by award-winning author and chemist, John Emsley.   More Molecules of Murder follows on from his highly-acclaimed earlier book Molecules of Murder, and again it deals with 14 potential poisons; seven of which are man-made and seven of which are natural. It investigates the crimes committed with them, not from the point of view of the murderers, their victims, or the detectives, but from the poison used. In so doing it throws new light on how these crimes were carried out and ultimately how the perpetrators were uncovered and brought to justice.   Each chapter starts by looking at the target molecule itself, its discovery, its chemistry, its often-surprising use in medicine, its effects on the human body, and its toxicology. The rest of the chapter is devoted to murders and attempted murders in which it has been used. But, be reassured that murder by poison is not the threat it once was, thanks to laws which restrict access to such materials and to the skills of analytical chemists in detecting their presence in incredibly tiny amounts.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA fascinating book, which I thoroughly recommend. -- Dr Simon Cotton, Honorary Senior Lecturer in Chemistry at the University of Birmingham  * Chemistry \u0026amp; Industry, Issue 4, Reviews, More Posions  *\u003cbr\u003eThe book is aimed at the general reader and it fulfils this objective in an informative, clear and well-written style. The book will be of interest to those who enjoy crime novels, a number of which are mentioned in the text. Indeed the book could be a handbook for the crime writer. -- James Hanson * Science Progress, Volume 101, Number 2, June 2018, pp. 205-205(1) *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEthylene Glycol for Antifreeze and Loved Ones; Oxalic Acid and Murders in Manila and Liverpool; Acrylamide in Fried Foods and in Auckland; Difenacoum, Amitriptyline and York; Temazepam and the Man with a Murderous Plan; Potassium Chloride: Essential to Life Yet Deadly; Tetramethylenedisulfotetramine, a Mouthful Best Avoided; Gelsemine and Cat Meat Stew; Strychnine and Cream; Digitalis and a Mysterious Death in Verona in 1329; Curare and the Psychopathic Surgeon from Argentina; Aconitine and Wimbledon; Cantharidin and Spanish Fly; Hemlock at the End of it All","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887839261015,"sku":"9781788011037","price":17.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781788011037.jpg?v=1722546513"},{"product_id":"lipidomics-current-and-emerging-techniques-9781788011600","title":"Lipidomics: Current and Emerging Techniques","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLipidomics is one of the emerging ‘omics’ techniques with growing importance in bioscience. Discussing interesting standard and non-standard techniques relevant to the measurement and analysis of lipids by mass spectrometry, this book will provide a guide to the possibilities of the techniques. It will introduce the reader to exciting new methods that allow isomer differentiation, improve sensitivity, allow spatial location and go beyond annotation of simply matching a mass to a database entry.    The book is written and edited by the some of the world leaders in the field of lipid mass spectrometry and will have international appeal in industry and academia for analytical chemists, biochemists and biotechnologists. Furthermore, it will provide a useful resource for anyone interested in lipid structure characterization particularly for graduates and postgraduates who require a starting point for their projects.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt does present a crisp overview of the main analytical techniques and emerging fields such as ion-mobility and imaging mass spectrometry of lipids, written by experts in the field.   The book mainly focuses on emerging technologies and the presented chapters are of high quality. -- Matin Giera * Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry *\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eLipidomics Basics; Multivariate Statistics in Lipidomics; Low-Flow Rate Separations of Lipids; Ion Mobility-Mass Spectrometry for Lipid Analysis; Mass Spectrometry Imaging of Lipids; Derivatisation for Direct Infusion - and Liquid Chromatrography - Mass Spectrometry; Unsaturated Lipid Analysis via Coupling the Paternò–Büchi Reaction with ESI-MS\/MS; Conventional and Current Methods for the Analysis of Hydroxy Fatty Acids; Mass Spectrometry of Lipid Vitamins; New Scans and Resources in Lipidomics","brand":"Royal Society of Chemistry","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48887839949143,"sku":"9781788011600","price":135.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781788011600.jpg?v=1722546515"},{"product_id":"basic-concepts-of-analytical-chemistry-9781906574000","title":"Basic Concepts of Analytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"New Age International (UK) Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48888406442327,"sku":"9781906574000","price":33.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"solvent-extraction-separation-of-elements-with-liquid-ion-exchangers-9781906574222","title":"Solvent Extraction Separation of Elements with","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"New Age International (UK) Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48888406901079,"sku":"9781906574222","price":33.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"fundamentals-of-bioanalytical-techniques-and-instrumentation-9788120338555","title":"Fundamentals of Bioanalytical Techniques and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBioanalytical techniques are the integrated methods used in biological sciences and analytical chemistry. This comprehensive textbook is intended for students who need a strong foundation in Biotechnology. The book deals with various concepts, techniques, and instruments used in bioanalysis as well as their diverse practical applications.","brand":"PHI Learning","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48889456296279,"sku":"9788120338555","price":7.21,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9788120338555.jpg?v=1722554454"},{"product_id":"analytical-chemistry-9788173713859","title":"Analytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Universities Press","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48889607749975,"sku":"9788173713859","price":13.46,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9788173713859.jpg?v=1722555112"},{"product_id":"functional-analytical-techniques-in-pharmaceutical-chemistry-9798886970593","title":"Functional Analytical Techniques in","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48890357121367,"sku":"9798886970593","price":163.19,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"chemometrics-advances-in-applications-and-research-9798886972740","title":"Chemometrics: Advances in Applications and","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48890362560855,"sku":"9798886972740","price":138.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"modern-approaches-in-fluid-chromatography-impact-and-applications-9798886978568","title":"Modern Approaches in Fluid Chromatography: Impact","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48890372948311,"sku":"9798886978568","price":116.79,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9798886978568.jpg?v=1722558598"},{"product_id":"chromatographic-methods-and-research-9798891131934","title":"Chromatographic Methods and Research","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Nova Science Publishers, Inc.","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":48890391494999,"sku":"9798891131934","price":138.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9798891131934.jpg?v=1722558694"},{"product_id":"handbook-of-forensic-medicine-3-volume-set-9781119648550","title":"Handbook of Forensic Medicine 3 Volume Set","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHANDBOOK OF \u003cb\u003eFORENSIC MEDICINE\u003c\/b\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eThe gold standard in forensic medicine references\u003c\/b\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the Second Edition of \u003ci\u003eHandbook of Forensic Medicine\u003c\/i\u003e, editor Burkhard Madea brings to the reader, through a global team of expert contributors, a comprehensive and international approach to forensic medicine. In addition to offering new coverage of crime scene investigation, blood stain pattern analysis, terrorist attacks, fire disasters, new psychoactive substances, and molecular pathology, the book provides a thorough review of all aspects of forensic medicine. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe chapters represent all aspects of quality control and best practice and include case studies throughout to help illustrate the concepts discussed within and emphasize the links between diverse subdisciplines. Specialists engaged in daily casework will find that aspects of routine analysis are addressed in each chapter. \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eHandbook of Forensic Medicine 2e\u003c\/i\u003e also covers the latest developments in forensic mole\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Denis A. Cusack xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Duarte Nuno Vieira xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART I Duties of Forensic Medicine in Modern Societies 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART II Medical Aspects of Death 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART III Traumatology and Violent Death 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART IV Sudden and Unexpected Death from Natural Causes 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART V Clinical Forensic Medicine 917\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VI Forensic Psychiatry 1055\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VII Toxicology 1077\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VIII Traffic Medicine 1313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART X The Doctor and the Law 1585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART XI Insurance Medicine 1623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther References 1637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 1641\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume 2\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Denis A. Cusack xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Duarte Nuno Vieira xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART I Duties of Forensic Medicine in Modern Societies 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART II Medical Aspects of Death 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART III Traumatology and Violent Death 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART IV Sudden and Unexpected Death from Natural Causes 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART V Clinical Forensic Medicine 917\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VI Forensic Psychiatry 1055\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VII Toxicology 1077\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VIII Traffic Medicine 1313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART IX Identification 1495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART X The Doctor and the Law 1585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART XI Insurance Medicine 1623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther References 1637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 1641\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eVolume 3\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eContents ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the Second Edition xxv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface to the First Edition xxvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Denis A. Cusack xxix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eForeword by Duarte Nuno Vieira xxxi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART I Duties of Forensic Medicine in Modern Societies 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART II Medical Aspects of Death 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART III Traumatology and Violent Death 311\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART IV Sudden and Unexpected Death from Natural Causes 801\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART V Clinical Forensic Medicine 917\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VI Forensic Psychiatry 1055\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VII Toxicology 1077\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART VIII Traffic Medicine 1313\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART IX Identification 1495\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART X The Doctor and the Law 1585\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART XI Insurance Medicine 1623\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eFurther References 1637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 1641\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49083840954711,"sku":"9781119648550","price":315.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9781119648550.jpg?v=1725550185"},{"product_id":"analytical-chemistry-for-cultural-heritage-9783319528021","title":"Analytical Chemistry for Cultural Heritage","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe series \u003ci\u003eTopics in Current Chemistry Collections\u003c\/i\u003e presents critical reviews from the journal \u003ci\u003eTopics in Current Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e organized in topical volumes. The scope of coverage is all areas of chemical science including the interfaces with related disciplines such as biology, medicine and materials science. The goal of each thematic volume is to give the non-specialist reader, whether in academia or industry, a comprehensive insight into an area where new research is emerging which is of interest to a larger scientific audience.Each review within the volume critically surveys one aspect of that topic and places it within the context of the volume as a whole. The most significant developments of the last 5 to 10 years are presented using selected examples to illustrate the principles discussed. The coverage is not intended to be an exhaustive summary of the field or include large quantities of data, but should rather be conceptual, concentrating on the methodological thinking that will allow the non-specialist reader to understand the information presented. Contributions also offer an outlook on potential future developments in the field.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e“The book is a collection of review articles, which provide a wide overview of very different analytical techniques applied to cultural heritage addressing a number of applications concerning archaeological materials, paintings and artwork. In every review article, an up-to-date reference list gives the reader the opportunity for further, more specialist reading. The book is addressed to established scientists and graduate students, and in general to those who are responsible for research in the cultural heritage field.” (Maria Careri, Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, September, Vol. 409 (22), September, 2017) \u003cp\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEmerging Approaches in Synchrotron Studies of Materials from Cultural and Natural History Collections.- Non-invasive Investigations of Paintings by Portable Instrumentation: The MOLAB Experience.- Non-destructive Examination of Artistic Pigments, Paints and Paintings by Means of X-ray Methods.- New Frontiers in Application of FTIR Microscopy for Characterization of Cultural Heritage Materials.- Raman Spectroscopy of cultural heritage Materials: Overview of Applications and New Frontiers in Instrumentation, Sampling Modalities, and Data Processing.- Immunochemical Micro Imaging Analyses for the Detection of Proteins in Artworks.- Immunochemical Methods Applied to Art-Historical Materials: Identification and Localization of Proteins by ELISA and IFM.- Trends in High Performance Liquid Chromatography for Cultural Heritage.- Analytical Approaches Based on Gas Chromatography Mass Spectrometry (GC\/MS) to Study Organic Materials in Artworks and Archaeological Objects.- DNA Sequencing in Cultural Heritage.- Radiocarbon Dating.\u003cbr\u003e","brand":"Springer International Publishing AG","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49372699066711,"sku":"9783319528021","price":999.99,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9783319528021.jpg?v=1730163858"},{"product_id":"molecular-and-laser-spectroscopy-9780323912495","title":"Molecular and Laser Spectroscopy","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMolecular Spectroscopy - Linear and Non-Linear  1. Introduction and overview 2. Advanced Spectral Analysis of Complex Molecular System 3. Tip-enhanced Raman spectroscopy for optical nano-imaging  4. Chiroptical spectroscopy techniques for asymmetric reactions  5. Miniaturized Near-Infrared Spectroscopy in Natural Product Analysis. Current and future directions.  6. Near-infrared spectroscopy for medical, food and forage applications 7. Thin Layer Chromatography-Surface Enhanced Raman Scattering (TLC-SERS)   Advanced Instrumentation and Applications  8. Raman Integrated Optical Photothermal Infrared Microscopy 9. Fourier transform infrared, optical photothermal infrared and Raman spectroscopy for detection of microplastic particles  10. Plasmonic nano-sensors and their spectroscopic applications - Current trends and future perspectives   Biochemical and Medical Applications  11. Applications of SERS in biochemical and medical analysis 12. IR spectroscopy and imaging using polarized light with QCLs 13. Terahertz spectroscopy of biological molecules in solid, liquid, and gaseous states.    Time-resolved and Ultrafast Spectroscopy  14. Step-scan FTIR Spectroscopy (absorption and emission) for detecting Reaction Intermediates 15. Spectral and kinetic investigations of gaseous transient species with quantum-cascade laser  16. Ultrafast spectroscopy of the transition state: Real-time tracking of the molecular structural dynamics of photochemical pathways using vibrational spectroscopy techniques 17. Ultrafast Infrared Probes of Electronic Processes in Materials","brand":"Elsevier - Health Sciences Division","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49401783681367,"sku":"9780323912495","price":157.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780323912495.jpg?v=1730478508"},{"product_id":"surface-analysis-9780470017647","title":"Surface Analysis","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis completely updated and revised second edition of \u003ci\u003eSurface Analysis: The Principal Techniques,\u003c\/i\u003e deals with the characterisation and understanding of the outer layers of substrates, how they react, look and function which are all of interest to surface scientists. Within this comprehensive text, experts in each analysis area introduce the theory and practice of the principal techniques that have shown themselves to be effective in both basic research and in applied surface analysis. \u003cp\u003eExamples of analysis are provided to facilitate the understanding of this topic and to show readers how they can overcome problems within this area of study.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003eList of Contributors xv\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePreface xvii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn C. Vickerman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 How do we Define the Surface? 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 How Many Atoms in a Surface? 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Information Required 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Surface Sensitivity 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Radiation Effects – Surface Damage 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 Complexity of the Data 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Auger Electron Spectroscopy 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eHans Jörg Mathieu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Principle of the Auger Process 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Kinetic Energies of Auger Peaks 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Ionization Cross-Section 15\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Comparison of Auger and Photon Emission 16\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Electron Backscattering 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Escape Depth 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 Chemical Shifts 19\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Instrumentation 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Electron Sources 22\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 Spectrometers 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Modes of Acquisition 24\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Detection Limits 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Instrument Calibration 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Quantitative Analysis 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Depth Profile Analysis 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Thin Film Calibration Standard 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Depth Resolution 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Sputter Rates 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Preferential Sputtering 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 λ-Correction 41\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.6 Chemical Shifts in AES Profiles 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Summary 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Electron Spectroscopy for Chemical Analysis 47\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eBuddy D. Ratner and David G. Castner\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Overview 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.1 The Basic ESCA Experiment 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.2 A History of the Photoelectric Effect and ESCA 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1.3 Information Provided by ESCA 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 X-ray Interaction withMatter, the Photoelectron Effect and Photoemission from Solids 50\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Binding Energy and the Chemical Shift 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Koopmans’ Theorem 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Initial State Effects 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Final State Effects 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Binding Energy Referencing 58\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Charge Compensation in Insulators 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.6 Peak Widths 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.7 Peak Fitting 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Inelastic Mean Free Path and Sampling Depth 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Quantification 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Quantification Methods 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Quantification Standards 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Quantification Example 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Spectral Features 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Instrumentation 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.1 Vacuum Systems for ESCA Experiments 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.2 X-ray Sources 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.3 Analyzers 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.4 Data Systems 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7.5 Accessories 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Spectral Quality 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Depth Profiling 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.10 X–Y Mapping and Imaging 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.11 Chemical Derivatization 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.12 Valence Band 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.13 Perspectives 99\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.14 Conclusions 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Molecular Surface Mass Spectrometry by SIMS 113\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJohn C. Vickerman\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Basic Concepts 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 The Basic Equation 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Sputtering 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Ionization 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 The Static Limit and Depth Profiling 123\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Surface Charging 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Experimental Requirements 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Primary Beam 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Mass Analysers 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Secondary Ion Formation 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Introduction 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Models of Sputtering 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Ionization 149\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Influence of the Matrix Effect in Organic Materials Analysis 151\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Modes of Analysis 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.1 Spectral Analysis 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.2 SIMS Imaging or Scanning SIMS 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5.3 Depth Profiling and 3D Imaging 173\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 Ionization of the Sputtered Neutrals 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.1 Photon Induced Post-Ionization 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6.2 Photon Post-Ionization and SIMS 190\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Ambient Methods of Desorption Mass Spectrometry 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 203\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Dynamic SIMS 207\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eDavid McPhail and Mark Dowsett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Fundamentals and Attributes 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.1 Introduction 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.2 Variations on a Theme 211\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.3 The Interaction of the Primary Beam with the Sample 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.4 Depth Profiling 217\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1.5 Complimentary Techniques and Data Comparison 224\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Areas and Methods of Application 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Dopant and Impurity Profiling 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Profiling High Concentration Species 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Use of SIMS in Near Surface Regions 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Applications of SIMS Depth Profiling in Materials Science 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Quantification of Data 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Quantification of Depth Profiles 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Fabrication of Standards 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Depth Measurement and Calibration of the Depth Scale 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Sources of Error in Depth Profiles 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Novel Approaches 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Bevelling and Imaging or Line Scanning 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Reverse-Side Depth Profiling 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Two-Dimensional Analysis 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Instrumentation 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Overview 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Secondary Ion Optics 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Dual Beam Methods and ToF 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Gating 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Conclusions 256\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 257\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Low-Energy Ion Scattering and Rutherford Backscattering 269\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eEdmund Taglauer\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Physical Basis 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 The Scattering Process 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Collision Kinematics 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Interaction Potentials and Cross-sections 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Shadow Cone 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.5 Computer Simulation 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Rutherford Backscattering 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Energy Loss 284\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Apparatus 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Beam Effects 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Quantitative Layer Analysis 290\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 Structure Analysis 293\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 Medium-Energy Ion Scattering (MEIS) 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.7 The Value of RBS and Comparison to Related Techniques 298\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Low-Energy Ion Scattering 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Neutralization 300\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Apparatus 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Surface Composition Analysis 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Structure Analysis 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 Conclusions 323\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgement 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eKey Facts 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Vibrational Spectroscopy from Surfaces 333\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartyn E. Pemble and Peter Gardner\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Infrared Spectroscopy from Surfaces 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Transmission IR Spectroscopy 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Reflectance Methods 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Electron Energy Loss Spectroscopy (EELS) 361\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Inelastic or ‘Impact’ Scattering 362\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Elastic or ‘Dipole’ Scattering 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 The EELS (HREELS) Experiment 367\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 The Group Theory of Surface Vibrations 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 General Approach 368\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Group Theory Analysis of Ethyne Adsorbed at a Flat, Featureless Surface 369\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Group Theory Analysis of Ethyne Adsorbed at a (100) Surface of an FCC Metal 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 The Expected Form of the RAIRS and Dipolar EELS (HREELS) Spectra 374\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Laser Raman Spectroscopy from Surfaces 375\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Theory of Raman Scattering 376\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 The Study of Collective Surface Vibrations (Phonons) using Raman Spectroscopy 377\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Raman Spectroscopy from Metal Surfaces 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Spatial Resolution in Surface Raman Spectroscopy 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.5 Fourier Transform Surface Raman Techniques 380\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Inelastic Neutron Scattering (INS) 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Introduction to INS 381\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 The INS Spectrum 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 INS Spectra ofHydrodesesulfurization Catalysts 382\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Sum-Frequency Generation Methods 383\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 386\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Surface Structure Determination by Interference Techniques 391\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eChristopher A. Lucas\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.1 Basic Theory of Diffraction – Three Dimensions 392\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1.2 Extension to Surfaces – Two Dimensions 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Electron Diffraction Techniques 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 General Introduction 402\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Low Energy Electron Diffraction 403\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Reflection High Energy Electron Diffraction (RHEED) 418\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 X-ray Techniques 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 General Introduction 424\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 X-ray Adsorption Spectroscopy 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Surface X-ray Diffraction (SXRD) 447\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 X-ray Standing Waves (XSWs) 456\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Photoelectron Diffraction 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Introduction 464\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Theoretical Considerations 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Experimental Details 469\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Applications of XPD and PhD 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 474\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Scanning Probe Microscopy 479\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eGraham J. Leggett\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Scanning Tunnelling Microscopy 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Basic Principles of the STM 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 Instrumentation and Basic Operation Parameters 487\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 Atomic Resolution and Spectroscopy: Surface Crystal and Electronic Structure 489\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Atomic Force Microscopy 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 Basic Principles of the AFM 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Chemical Force Microscopy 524\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Friction Force Microscopy 526\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Biological Applications of the AFM 532\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Scanning Near-Field Optical Microscopy 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.1 Optical Fibre Near-Field Microscopy 537\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4.2 Apertureless SNOM 541\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Other Scanning Probe Microscopy Techniques 542\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Lithography Using Probe Microscopy Methods 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.1 STM Lithography 544\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.2 AFM Lithography 545\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.3 Near-Field Photolithography 549\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6.4 The ‘Millipede’ 550\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.7 Conclusions 551\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 552\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 559\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 The Application of Multivariate Data Analysis Techniques in Surface Analysis 563\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eJoanna L.S. Lee and Ian S. Gilmore\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 563\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Basic Concepts 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Matrix and Vector Representation of Data 565\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Dimensionality and Rank 567\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Relation to Multivariate Analysis 568\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.4 Choosing the Appropriate Multivariate Method 568\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Factor Analysis for Identification 569\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Terminology 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Mathematical Background 570\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Principal Component Analysis 571\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Multivariate Curve Resolution 579\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Analysis of Multivariate Images 582\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Regression Methods for Quantification 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Terminology 591\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Mathematical Background 592\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 Principal Component Regression 594\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Partial Least Squares Regression 595\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 Calibration, Validation and Prediction 596\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.6 Example – Correlating ToF–SIMS Spectra with PolymerWettability Using PLS 598\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Methods for Classification 600\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Discriminant Function Analysis 601\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Hierarchal Cluster Analysis 602\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Artificial Neural Networks 603\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Summary and Conclusion 606\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgements 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 608\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eProblems 611\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 1 Vacuum Technology for Applied Surface Science 613\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eRod Wilson\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.1 Introduction: Gases and Vapours 613\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.2 The Pressure Regions of Vacuum Technology and their Characteristics 619\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3 Production of a Vacuum 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3.1 Types of Pump 622\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3.2 Evacuation of a Chamber 634\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3.3 Choice of Pumping System 635\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3.4 Determination of the Size of Backing Pumps 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.3.5 Flanges and their Seals 636\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.4 Measurement of Low Pressures 637\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.4.1 Gauges for Direct Pressure Measurement 638\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.4.2 Gauges Using Indirect Means of Pressure Measurement 640\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA1.4.3 Partial Pressure Measuring Instruments 644\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgement 647\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 647\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix 2 Units, Fundamental Physical Constants and Conversions 649\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.1 Base Units of the SI 649\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.2 Fundamental Physical Constants 650\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eA2.3 Other Units and Conversions to SI 651\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 652\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 653\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402256687447,"sku":"9780470017647","price":52.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470017647.jpg?v=1730479854"},{"product_id":"understanding-bioanalytical-chemistry-9780470029060","title":"Understanding Bioanalytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe title captures the ethos and content precisely. It brings basic chemistry into real life with examples that illustrate how chemical principals are inherent to bioanalytical procedures, making them accessible to readers with a background in life sciences.\u003c\/i\u003e Microbiology Today, July 2009  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003e a good overview of the basic strategies to tackle the complexity of analysis in biological environments and provides some illustrative examples for a better understanding of the theoretical concepts provides a fundamental introduction to the tools adopted by life and health scientists in the evolving and exciting new age of omics specifically applied to the diagnosis, treatment, cure and prevention of disease\u003c\/i\u003e Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, October 2009\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Although chemistry is core to the life and health sciences, it is often viewed as a challenging subject.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventional textbooks tend to present chemistry in a way that is not always easily accessible to st\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"The authors have attempted to create a text that is more palatable for undergraduate cohorts, and they have succeeded well in this aim. … [A] useful introductory text on the fundamentals of bioanalytical chemistry.\" (\u003ci\u003eAustralian Biochemist\u003c\/i\u003e, December 2009)  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"This book provides a good introduction to the bioanalysis world … .The authors have succeeded in using real-life examples to illustrate chemical principles and applications.\" (\u003ci\u003eAnalytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e, October 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"The title captures the ethos and content precisely. It brings basic chemistry into real life with examples that illustrate how chemical principals are inherent to bioanalytical procedures, making them accessible to readers with a background in life sciences.\" (\u003ci\u003eMicrobiology Today\u003c\/i\u003e, July 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to biomolecules 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview of chemical and physical attributes of biomolecules 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Classification of biomolecules 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Features and characteristics of major biomolecules 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Structure–function relationships 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Significance of biomolecules in nature and science 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Analysis and quantification of biomolecules 29\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Importance of accurate determination of biomolecules 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Major methods to detect and quantify biomolecules 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Understanding mass, weight, volume and density 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Understanding moles and molarity 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Understanding solubility and dilutions 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Transition metals in health and disease 53\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Structure and characteristics of key transition metals 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Importance of transition metals in physiological processes 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Transition metals as mediators of disease processes 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Therapeutic implications of transition metals 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Determination of transition metals in nature 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Ions, electrodes and biosensors 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Impact of ions and oxidation–reduction reactions on physical and life processes 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 pH, biochemical buffers and physiological regulation 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Chemical and physical sensors and biosensors 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Important measurements using specific electrodes 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Specific applications of biosensors in life and health sciences 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Applications of spectroscopy 99\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 An introduction to spectroscopic techniques 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Major types of spectroscopy 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Principles and applications of ultraviolet\/visible spectrophotometry 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Principles and applications of infrared spectroscopy 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Principles and applications of fluorescence spectrofluorimetry 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Centrifugation and separation 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Importance of separation methods to isolate biomolecules 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Basic principles underlying centrifugation 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Features and components of major types of centrifuge 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Major centrifugation methods for bioanalysis 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Flow cytometry: principles and applications of this core method of separation 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Chromatography of biomolecules 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Chromatography: a key method for separation and identification of biomolecules 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Principles, types and modes of chromatography 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Applications of chromatography in life and health sciences 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 High-performance liquid chromatography and advanced separation technologies 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Additional state-of-the-art chromatography techniques 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Principles and applications of electrophoresis 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Principles and theory of electrophoretic separation 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Major types of electrophoresis 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Electrophoresis in practice 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Applications of electrophoresis in life and health sciences 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Advanced electrophoretic separation methodologies for genomics and proteomics 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Applications of mass spectrometry 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Major types of mass spectrometry 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Understanding the core principles of mass spectrometry 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Major types of mass spectrometry in practice 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Mass spectrometry: a key tool for bioanalysis in life and health sciences 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Mass spectrometry: future perspectives 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Immunochemical techniques and biological tracers 199\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Antibodies: the keys to immunochemical measurements 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Analytical applications of biological tracers 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Principles and applications of radioimmunoassay (RIA) 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Principles and applications of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Immunohistochemistry: an important diagnostic tool 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Bioanalysis by magnetic resonance technologies: NMR and MRI 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) technologies: key tools for the life and health sciences 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Principles of NMR and the importance of this biomolecular analytical technique 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Established and emerging applications of NMR 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Principles and uses of MRI 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 MRI as a principal diagnostic and research tool 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Bioanalytical approaches from diagnostic, research and pharmaceutical perspectives 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Clinical genomics, proteomics and metabolomics 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Clinical diagnosis and screening 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Research and development 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Emerging pharmaceutical products 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Future perspectives 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Self-Assessment 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 1: International system of units (SI) and common prefixes 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2: The periodic table of the elements 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3: Common solvents and biological buffers 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4: Answers to self-assessment questions 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 281\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402265764183,"sku":"9780470029060","price":135.8,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470029060.jpg?v=1730479880"},{"product_id":"understanding-bioanalytical-chemistry-9780470029077","title":"Understanding Bioanalytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eThe title captures the ethos and content precisely. It brings basic chemistry into real life with examples that illustrate how chemical principals are inherent to bioanalytical procedures, making them accessible to readers with a background in life sciences.\u003c\/i\u003e Microbiology Today, July 2009  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003e a good overview of the basic strategies to tackle the complexity of analysis in biological environments and provides some illustrative examples for a better understanding of the theoretical concepts provides a fundamental introduction to the tools adopted by life and health scientists in the evolving and exciting new age of omics specifically applied to the diagnosis, treatment, cure and prevention of disease\u003c\/i\u003e Analytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry, October 2009\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cbr\u003e Although chemistry is core to the life and health sciences, it is often viewed as a challenging subject.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eConventional textbooks tend to present chemistry in a way that is not always easily accessible to st\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"The authors have attempted to create a text that is more palatable for undergraduate cohorts, and they have succeeded well in this aim. … [A] useful introductory text on the fundamentals of bioanalytical chemistry.\" (\u003ci\u003eAustralian Biochemist\u003c\/i\u003e, December 2009)  \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\"This book provides a good introduction to the bioanalysis world … .The authors have succeeded in using real-life examples to illustrate chemical principles and applications.\" (\u003ci\u003eAnalytical and Bioanalytical Chemistry\u003c\/i\u003e, October 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\"The title captures the ethos and content precisely. It brings basic chemistry into real life with examples that illustrate how chemical principals are inherent to bioanalytical procedures, making them accessible to readers with a background in life sciences.\" (\u003ci\u003eMicrobiology Today\u003c\/i\u003e, July 2009)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface ix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction to biomolecules 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview of chemical and physical attributes of biomolecules 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Classification of biomolecules 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Features and characteristics of major biomolecules 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Structure–function relationships 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Significance of biomolecules in nature and science 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Analysis and quantification of biomolecules 29\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Importance of accurate determination of biomolecules 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Major methods to detect and quantify biomolecules 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Understanding mass, weight, volume and density 34\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Understanding moles and molarity 38\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Understanding solubility and dilutions 46\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Transition metals in health and disease 53\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Structure and characteristics of key transition metals 54\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Importance of transition metals in physiological processes 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Transition metals as mediators of disease processes 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Therapeutic implications of transition metals 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Determination of transition metals in nature 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Ions, electrodes and biosensors 77\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Impact of ions and oxidation–reduction reactions on physical and life processes 78\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 pH, biochemical buffers and physiological regulation 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Chemical and physical sensors and biosensors 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Important measurements using specific electrodes 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Specific applications of biosensors in life and health sciences 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Applications of spectroscopy 99\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 An introduction to spectroscopic techniques 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Major types of spectroscopy 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Principles and applications of ultraviolet\/visible spectrophotometry 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Principles and applications of infrared spectroscopy 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Principles and applications of fluorescence spectrofluorimetry 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Centrifugation and separation 123\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Importance of separation methods to isolate biomolecules 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Basic principles underlying centrifugation 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Features and components of major types of centrifuge 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Major centrifugation methods for bioanalysis 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 Flow cytometry: principles and applications of this core method of separation 136\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Chromatography of biomolecules 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Chromatography: a key method for separation and identification of biomolecules 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Principles, types and modes of chromatography 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Applications of chromatography in life and health sciences 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 High-performance liquid chromatography and advanced separation technologies 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Additional state-of-the-art chromatography techniques 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Principles and applications of electrophoresis 163\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Principles and theory of electrophoretic separation 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Major types of electrophoresis 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Electrophoresis in practice 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Applications of electrophoresis in life and health sciences 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Advanced electrophoretic separation methodologies for genomics and proteomics 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Applications of mass spectrometry 183\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Major types of mass spectrometry 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Understanding the core principles of mass spectrometry 186\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Major types of mass spectrometry in practice 191\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Mass spectrometry: a key tool for bioanalysis in life and health sciences 194\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Mass spectrometry: future perspectives 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Immunochemical techniques and biological tracers 199\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Antibodies: the keys to immunochemical measurements 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Analytical applications of biological tracers 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Principles and applications of radioimmunoassay (RIA) 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Principles and applications of enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay (ELISA) 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Immunohistochemistry: an important diagnostic tool 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Bioanalysis by magnetic resonance technologies: NMR and MRI 225\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) and magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) technologies: key tools for the life and health sciences 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Principles of NMR and the importance of this biomolecular analytical technique 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Established and emerging applications of NMR 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Principles and uses of MRI 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 MRI as a principal diagnostic and research tool 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Bioanalytical approaches from diagnostic, research and pharmaceutical perspectives 247\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Clinical genomics, proteomics and metabolomics 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Clinical diagnosis and screening 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Research and development 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Emerging pharmaceutical products 258\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Future perspectives 260\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Self-Assessment 265\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 1: International system of units (SI) and common prefixes 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 2: The periodic table of the elements 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 3: Common solvents and biological buffers 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAppendix 4: Answers to self-assessment questions 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 281\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402265993559,"sku":"9780470029077","price":47.45,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470029077.jpg?v=1730479881"},{"product_id":"light-scattering-size-exclusion-chromatography-and-asymmetric-flow-field-flow-fractionation-9780470386170","title":"Light Scattering Size Exclusion Chromatography","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eA comprehensive, practical approach to three powerful methods of polymer analysis and characterization\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e   \u003cp\u003eThis book serves as a complete compendium of three important methods widely used for the characterization of synthetic and natural polymerslight scattering, size exclusion chromatography (SEC), and asymmetric flow field flow fractionation (A4F). Featuring numerous up-to-date examples of experimental results obtained by light scattering, SEC, and A4F measurements, Light Scattering, Size Exclusion Chromatography and Asymmetric Flow Field Flow Fractionation takes an all-in-one approach to deliver a complete and thorough explanation of the principles, theories, and instrumentation needed to characterize polymers from the viewpoint of their molar mass distribution, size, branching, and aggregation. This comprehensive resource:\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cul\u003e \u003cli\u003e \u003cp\u003eIs the only book gathering light scattering, size exclusion chromatography, and asymmetric flow field flow fractionation into a si\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\"The book is, essentially, quite readable and the abundance of figures will help the reader follow the discussions in the text. Most chapters, especially that on A4F, contain adequate references to the literature, including many to relatively recent publications.\" (Anal Bioanal Chem, 27 December 2011)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003ePreface.  \u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Polymers.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Molecular Structure of Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Macromolecules in Dilute Solution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Molar Mass Distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Description of Molar Mass Distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.1 Distribution Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1.2 Molar Mass Averages.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Methods for the Determination of Molar Mass.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Method of End Groups.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Osmometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.1 Vapor Pressure Osmometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2.2 Membrane osmometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3 Dilute Solution Viscometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.1 Properties of Mark-Houwink Exponent.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.2 Molecular Size from Intrinsic Viscosity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.3.3 Dependence of Intrinsic Viscosity on Polymer Structure, Temperature and Solvent.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.4 Matrix Assisted Laser Desorption Ionization Time-of-Flight Mass Spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.5 Analytical Ultracentrifugation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.6 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Light Scattering.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Theory and Basic Principles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Types of Light Scattering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Static Light Scattering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.1 Particle Scattering Functions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.2 Light Scattering Formalisms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1.3 Processing the Experimental Data.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Dynamic Light Scattering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Light Scattering Instrumentation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Specific Refractive Index Increment.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Light Scattering in Batch and Chromatography Mode.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Parameters Affecting Accuracy of Molar Mass Determined by Light Scattering.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Examples of Light Scattering Measurement in Batch Mode.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.8 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.9 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Size Exclusion Chromatography.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Separation Mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Steric Exclusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Restricted Diffusion.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Separation by Flow.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Peak Broadening and Separation Efficiency.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.5 Secondary Separation Mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Instrumentation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Solvents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Columns and Column Packing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Detectors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.1 UV Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.2 Refractive Index Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.3 Infrared Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.4 Evaporative Light Scattering Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.5 Viscosity Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.6 Light Scattering Detector.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.7 Other Types of Detectors.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Column Calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Universal Calibration.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Flow Marker.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 SEC Measurements and Data Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1 Sample Preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.1.1 Sample Derivatization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.2 Determination of Molar Mass and Molar Mass Distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.3 Reporting Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.4 Characterization of Chemical Composition of Copolymers and Polymer Blends.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.5 Characterization of Oligomers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.6 Influence of Separation Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5.7 Accuracy, Repeatability and Reproducibility of SEC Measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 Applications of SEC.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Combination of SEC and Light Scattering.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Data Collection and Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Processing MALS Data.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.1 Debye Fit Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.2 Zimm Fit Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.3 Berry fit Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.4 Random Coil Fit Method.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1.5 Influence of Light Scattering Formalism on Molar Mass and RMS Radius.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Determination of Molar Mass and RMS Radius Averages and Distributions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Chromatogram Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Influence of Concentration and Second Virial Coefficient.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Repeatability and Reproducibility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.6 Accuracy of Results.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Applications of SEC-MALS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Determination of Molar Mass Distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Fast Determination of Molar Mass.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3 Characterization of Complex Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.1 Branched Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.3.2 Copolymers and Polymer Blends.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.4 Conformation Plots.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.5 Mark-Houwink Plots.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Asymmetric Flow Field Flow Fractionation.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Theory and Basic Principles.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Separation Mechanisms.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Resolution and Band Broadening.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Instrumentation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Measurements and Data Processing.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Influence of Separation Conditions.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.1 Isocratic and Gradient Experiments.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1.2 Overloading.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Practical Measurements.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 A4F Applications.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Characterization of Branched Polymers.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Detection and Characterization of Branching.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 SEC Elution Behavior of Branched Polymers.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Distribution of Branching.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 Average Branching Ratios.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Other Methods for the Identification and Characterization of Branching.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Examples of Characterization of Branching.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Keynotes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.5 References.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSymbols.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402320126295,"sku":"9780470386170","price":93.56,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470386170.jpg?v=1730480060"},{"product_id":"mass-spectrometry-in-sports-drug-testing-9780470413272","title":"Mass Spectrometry in Sports Drug Testing","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e* Mass Spectrometry is a major tool to characterize, identify and detect hundreds of known and unknown drugs.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“Mass Spectrometry in Sports Drug Testing is an excellent textbook for anyone involved in the analytical characterization of illicit substances and abused drugs.”  (\u003ci\u003eAnal Bioanal Chem\u003c\/i\u003e, 2011)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAcknowledgments.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 History of Sports Drug Testing.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Historical Attempts of Artificial Performance Enhancement.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Background and Rationale of Doping Controls.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Early Detection Methods: Possibilities and Limitations of Assays Without Mass Spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Introduction of Mass Spectrometry to Doping Control Analysis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2. Mass Spectrometry and the List of Prohibited Substances and Methods of Doping.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Criteria for the Mass Spectrometric Identification of Prohibited Compounds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Modern Mass Spectrometers in Doping Controls: Advantages and Disadvantages of Available Techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3. Structure Characterization of Low Molecular Weight Target Analytes —Electron Ionization.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Stimulants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Narcotics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Anabolic Androgenic Steroids.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARMs).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Diuretics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.6 β\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e-Agonists.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.7 β-Receptor Blocking Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.8 Calcium-Channel Modulators (RYCALS).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.9 Carbohydrate-Based Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4. Structure Characterization of Low Molecular Weight Target Analytes: Electrospray Ionization.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Stimulants.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Narcotics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Anabolic Androgenic Steroids.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Selective Androgen Receptor Modulators (SARMs).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Diuretics.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 β\u003csub\u003e2\u003c\/sub\u003e-Agonists.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.7 Calcium-Channel Modulators (RYCALS).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.8 Peroxisome-Proliferator Activated Receptor-δ (PPARδ) And Adenosine Monophosphate Activated Protein Kinase (AMPK) Agonists.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.9 Hypoxia-Inducible Factor (HIF)-Stabilizers And Sirtuin Activators.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.10 β-Receptor Blocking Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.11 Glucuronic Acid and Sulfate Conjugates of Target Analytes.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5. Structure Characterization of High Molecular Weight Target Analytes: Electrospray Ionization.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Human Chorionic Gonadotrophin (hCG).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Erythropoietins (EPO).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Synacthen.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Insulins.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Hemoglobin-Based Oxygen Carriers (HBOCs).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Human Growth Hormone (hGH).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Sermorelin (Geref).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.8 Insulin-Like Growth Factor-1 (IGF-1).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.9 Gonadorelin (LHRH).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6. Modern Mass Spectrometry-Based Analytical Assays.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 GC-MS and Isotope Ratio Mass Spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 LC-MS\/MS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7. Limitations and Perspectives of Mass Spectrometry-Based Procedures in Doping Control Analysis.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Recombinant Biomolecules.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Unknown Compounds.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Profiling of Urine and\/or Blood.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Alternative Specimens.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402328285527,"sku":"9780470413272","price":95.36,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470413272.jpg?v=1730480083"},{"product_id":"chemical-analysis-of-antibiotic-residues-in-food-9780470490426","title":"Chemical Analysis of Antibiotic Residues in Food","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e* Provides a single source for readers interested in the development of analytical methods to measure antibiotic residues in food.      * Topics include general issues related to analytical quality control and quality assurance, measurement uncertainty, screening and confirmatory methods.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface xv\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAcknowledgment xvii\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eEditors xix\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eContributors xxi\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Antibiotics: Groups and Properties 1\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePhilip Thomas Reeves\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Introduction, 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.1 Identification, 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.2 Chemical Structure, 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.3 Molecular Formula, 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.4 Composition of the Substance, 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.5 p\u003ci\u003eK\u003c\/i\u003ea, 2\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.6 UV Absorbance, 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.7 Solubility, 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1.8 Stability, 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Antibiotic Groups and Properties, 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.1 Terminology, 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.2 Fundamental Concepts, 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.3 Pharmacokinetics of Antimicrobial Drugs, 4\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4 Pharmacodynamics of Antimicrobial Drugs, 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.1 Spectrum of Activity, 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.2 Bactericidal and Bacteriostatic Activity, 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.3 Type of Killing Action, 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.4 Minimum Inhibitory Concentration and Minimum Bactericidal Concentration, 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.4.5 Mechanisms of Action, 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.5 Antimicrobial Drug Combinations, 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.6 Clinical Toxicities, 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.7 Dosage Forms, 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.8 Occupational Health and Safety Issues, 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2.9 Environmental Issues, 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Major Groups of Antibiotics, 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.1 Aminoglycosides, 8\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.2 ß-Lactams, 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.3 Quinoxalines, 18\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.4 Lincosamides, 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.5 Macrolides and Pleuromutilins, 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.6 Nitrofurans, 27\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.7 Nitroimidazoles, 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.8 Phenicols, 30\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.9 Polyether Antibiotics (Ionophores), 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.10 Polypeptides, Glycopeptides, and Streptogramins, 35\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.11 Phosphoglycolipids, 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.12 Quinolones, 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.13 Sulfonamides, 44\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3.14 Tetracyclines, 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Restricted and Prohibited Uses of Antimicrobial Agents in Food Animals, 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 Conclusions, 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments, 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 53\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Pharmacokinetics, Distribution, Bioavailability, and Relationship to Antibiotic Residues 61\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePeter Lees and Pierre-Louis Toutain\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction, 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Principles of Pharmacokinetics, 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Pharmacokinetic Parameters, 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Regulatory Guidelines on Dosage Selection for Efficacy, 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Residue Concentrations in Relation to Administered Dose, 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Dosage and Residue Concentrations in Relation to Target Clinical Populations, 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Single-Animal versus Herd Treatment and Establishment of Withholding Time (WhT), 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.6 Influence of Antimicrobial Drug (AMD) Physicochemical Properties on Residues and WhT, 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Administration, Distribution, and Metabolism of Drug Classes, 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.1 Aminoglycosides and Aminocyclitols, 67\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.2 ß-Lactams: Penicillins and Cephalosporins, 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.3 Quinoxalines: Carbadox and Olaquindox, 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.4 Lincosamides and Pleuromutilins, 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.5 Macrolides, Triamilides, and Azalides, 72\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.6 Nitrofurans, 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.7 Nitroimidazoles, 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.8 Phenicols, 73\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.9 Polyether Antibiotic Ionophores, 74\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.10 Polypeptides, 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.11 Quinolones, 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.12 Sulfonamides and Diaminopyrimidines, 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.13 Polymyxins, 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3.14 Tetracyclines, 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Setting Guidelines for Residues by Regulatory Authorities, 81\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 Definition, Assessment, Characterization, Management, and Communication of Risk, 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.1 Introduction and Summary of Regulatory Requirements, 82\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2 Risk Assessment, 84\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.1 Hazard Assessment, 88\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.2.2 Exposure Assessment, 89\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.3 Risk Characterization, 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4 Risk Management, 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4.1 Withholding Times, 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4.2 Prediction of Withdholding Times from Plasma Pharmacokinetic Data, 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.4.3 International Trade, 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5.5 Risk Communication, 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Residue Violations: Their Significance and Prevention, 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.1 Roles of Regulatory and Non-regulatory Bodies, 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2 Residue Detection Programs, 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.1 Monitoring Program, 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.2 Enforcement Programs, 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.3 Surveillance Programs, 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.4 Exploratory Programs, 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.5 Imported Food Animal Products, 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6.2.6 Residue Testing in Milk, 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7 Further Considerations, 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.1 Injection Site Residues and Flip-Flop Pharmacokinetics, 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.2 Bioequivalence and Residue Depletion Profiles, 100\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3 Sales and Usage Data, 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3.1 Sales of AMDs in the United Kingdom, 2003–2008, 101\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3.2 Comparison of AMD Usage in Human and Veterinary Medicine in France, 1999–2005, 102\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.7.3.3 Global Animal Health Sales and Sales of AMDs for Bovine Respiratory Disease, 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Antibiotic Residues in Food and Drinking Water, and Food Safety Regulations 111\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eKevin J. Greenlees, Lynn G. Friedlander, and Alistair Boxall\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction, 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Residues in Food—Where is the Smoking Gun?, 111\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 How Allowable Residue Concentrations Are Determined, 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Toxicology—Setting Concentrations Allowed in the Human Diet, 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Setting Residue Concentrations for Substances Not Allowed in Food, 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Setting Residue Concentrations Allowed in Food, 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.1 Tolerances, 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3.2 Maximum Residue Limits, 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 International Harmonization, 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Indirect Consumer Exposure to Antibiotics in the Natural Environment, 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.1 Transport to and Occurrence in Surface Waters and Groundwaters, 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.2 Uptake of Antibiotics into Crops, 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4.3 Risks of Antibiotics in the Environment to Human Health, 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.5 Summary, 120\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Sample Preparation: Extraction and Clean-up 125\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlida A. M. (Linda) Stolker and Martin Danaher\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Introduction, 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Sample Selection and Pre-treatment, 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Sample Extraction, 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.1 Target Marker Residue, 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3.2 Stability of Biological Samples, 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Extraction Techniques, 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.1 Liquid–Liquid Extraction, 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.2 Dilute and Shoot, 128\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3 Liquid–Liquid Based Extraction Procedures, 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.1 QuEChERS, 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.3.2 Bipolarity Extraction, 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.4 Pressurized Liquid Extraction (Including Supercritical Fluid Extraction), 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5 Solid Phase Extraction (SPE), 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5.1 Conventional SPE, 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.5.2 Automated SPE, 132\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6 Solid Phase Extraction-Based Techniques, 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.1 Dispersive SPE, 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.2 Matrix Solid Phase Dispersion, 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.3 Solid Phase Micro-extraction, 135\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.4 Micro-extraction by Packed Sorbent, 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.5 Stir-bar Sorptive Extraction, 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.6.6 Restricted-Access Materials, 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7 Solid Phase Extraction-Based Selective Approaches, 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7.1 Immunoaffinity Chromatography, 138\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7.2 Molecularly Imprinted Polymers, 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.7.3 Aptamers, 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.8 Turbulent-Flow Chromatography, 140\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.9 Miscellaneous, 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.9.1 Ultrafiltration, 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.9.2 Microwave-Assisted Extraction, 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4.9.3 Ultrasound-Assisted Extraction, 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 Final Remarks and Conclusions, 144\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Bioanalytical Screening Methods 153\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSara Stead and Jacques Stark\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Introduction, 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Microbial Inhibition Assays, 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 The History and Basic Principles of Microbial Inhibition Assays, 154\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 The Four-Plate Test and the New Dutch Kidney Test, 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Commercial Microbial Inhibition Assays for Milk, 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.4 Commercial Microbial Inhibition Assays for Meat-, Egg-, and Honey-Based Foods, 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5 Further Developments of Microbial Inhibition Assays and Future Prospects, 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.1 Sensitivity, 160\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.2 Test Duration, 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.3 Ease of Use, 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.4 Automation, 161\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.5 Pre-treatment of Samples, 162\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.5.6 Confirmation\/Class-Specific Identification, 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.6 Conclusions Regarding Microbial Inhibition Assays, 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Rapid Test Kits, 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.1 Basic Principles of Immunoassay Format Rapid Tests, 164\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2 Lateral-Flow Immunoassays, 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.1 Sandwich Format, 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.2.2 Competitive Format, 166\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.3 Commercial Lateral-Flow Immunoassays for Milk, Animal Tissues, and Honey, 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.4 Receptor-Based Radioimmunoassay: Charm II System, 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5 Basic Principles of Enzymatic Tests, 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5.1 The Penzyme Milk Test, 171\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.5.2 The Delvo-X-PRESS, 172\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3.6 Conclusions Regarding Rapid Test Kits, 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) Biosensor Technology, 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.1 Basic Principles of SPR Biosensor, 174\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.2 Commercially Available SPR Biosensor Applications for Milk, Animal Tissues, Feed, and Honey, 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4.3 Conclusions Regarding Surface Plasmon Resonance (SPR) Technology, 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Enzyme-Linked Immunosorbent Assay (ELISA), 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.1 Basic Principles of ELISA, 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.2 Automated ELISA Systems, 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.3 Alternative Immunoassay Formats, 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.4 Commercially Available ELISA Kits for Antibiotic Residues, 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5.5 Conclusions Regarding ELISA, 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 General Considerations Concerning the Performance Criteria for Screening Assays, 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Overall Conclusions on Bioanalytical Screening Assays, 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations, 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Chemical Analysis: Quantitative and Confirmatory Methods 187\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJian Wang and Sherri B. Turnipseed\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Introduction, 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Single-Class and Multi-class Methods, 187\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 Chromatographic Separation, 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Chromatographic Parameters, 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Mobile Phase, 195\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Conventional Liquid Chromatography, 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.1 Reversed Phase Chromatography, 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.2 Ion-Pairing Chromatography, 196\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3.3 Hydrophilic Interaction Liquid Chromatography, 197\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Ultra-High-Performance or Ultra-High-Pressure Liquid Chromatography, 198\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 Mass Spectrometry, 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.1 Ionization and Interfaces, 200\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.2 Matrix Effects, 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3 Mass Spectrometers, 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.1 Single Quadrupole, 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.2 Triple Quadrupole, 206\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.3 Quadrupole Ion Trap, 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.4 Linear Ion Trap, 209\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.5 Time-of-Flight, 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.3.6 Orbitrap, 212\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4 Other Advanced Mass Spectrometric Techniques, 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4.1 Ion Mobility Spectrometry, 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4.2 Ambient Mass Spectrometry, 214\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.4.3 Other Recently Developed Desorption Ionization Techniques, 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.5 Fragmentation, 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4.6 Mass Spectral Library, 216\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgment, 219\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations, 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 220\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Single-Residue Quantitative and Confirmatory Methods 227\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJonathan A. Tarbin, Ross A. Potter, Alida A. M. (Linda) Stolker, and Bjorn Berendsen\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Introduction, 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Carbadox and Olaquindox, 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Background, 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Analysis, 229\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Conclusions, 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Ceftiofur and Desfuroylceftiofur, 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Background, 230\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Analysis Using Deconjugation, 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Analysis of Individual Metabolites, 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Analysis after Alkaline Hydrolysis, 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.5 Conclusions, 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Chloramphenicol, 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Background, 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Analysis by GC-MS and LC-MS, 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 An Investigation into the Possible Natural Occurrence of CAP, 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.4 Analysis of CAP in Herbs and Grass (Feed) Using LC-MS, 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.5 Conclusions, 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Nitrofurans, 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.1 Background, 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.2 Analysis of Nitrofurans, 236\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.3 Identification of Nitrofuran Metabolites, 237\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5.4 Conclusions, 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6 Nitroimidazoles and Their Metabolites, 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.1 Background, 239\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.2 Analysis, 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.6.3 Conclusions, 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7 Sulfonamides and Their \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e4-Acetyl Metabolites, 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.1 Background, 241\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.2 \u003ci\u003eN\u003c\/i\u003e4-Acetyl Metabolites, 242\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.3 Analysis, 243\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.7.4 Conclusions, 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8 Tetracyclines and Their 4-Epimers, 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.1 Background, 244\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.2 Analysis, 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.8.3 Conclusions, 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9 Miscellaneous, 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.1 Aminoglycosides, 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.2 Compounds with Marker Residues Requiring Chemical Conversion, 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.2.1 Florfenicol, 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.3 Miscellaneous Analytical Issues, 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.3.1 Lincosamides, 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.3.2 Enrofloxacin, 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.9.4 Gaps in Analytical Coverage, 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.10 Summary, 252\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAbbreviations, 253\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Method Development and Method Validation 263\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJack F. Kay and James D. MacNeil\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Introduction, 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Sources of Guidance on Method Validation, 263\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Organizations that Are Sources of Guidance on Method Validation, 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.1 International Union of Pure and Applied Chemistry (IUPAC), 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.2 AOAC International, 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.3 International Standards Organization (ISO), 264\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.4 Eurachem, 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.5 VICH, 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.6 Codex Alimentarius Commission (CAC), 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.7 Joint FAO\/WHO Expert Committee on Food Additives (JECFA), 265\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.8 European Commission, 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1.9 US Food and Drug Administration (USFDA), 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 The Evolution of Approaches to Method Validation for Veterinary Drug Residues in Foods, 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Evolution of “Single-Laboratory Validation” and the “Criteria Approach,” 266\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 The Vienna Consultation, 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 The Budapest Workshop and the Miskolc Consultation, 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.4 Codex Alimentarius Commission Guidelines, 267\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Method Performance Characteristics, 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 Components of Method Development, 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.1 Identification of “Fitness for Purpose” of an Analytical Method, 269\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.2 Screening versus Confirmation, 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.3 Purity of Analytical Standards, 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.4 Analyte Stability in Solution, 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.5 Planning the Method Development, 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.6 Analyte Stability during Sample Processing (Analysis), 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.7 Analyte Stability during Sample Storage, 272\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.8 Ruggedness Testing (Robustness), 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5.9 Critical Control Points, 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6 Components of Method Validation, 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.1 Understanding the Requirements, 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.2 Management of the Method Validation Process, 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.6.3 Experimental Design, 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7 Performance Characteristics Assessed during Method Development and Confirmed during Method Validation for Quantitative Methods, 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.1 Calibration Curve and Analytical Range, 275\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.2 Sensitivity, 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3 Selectivity, 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.1 Definitions, 277\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.2 Suggested Selectivity Experiments, 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.3.3 Additional Selectivity Considerations for Mass Spectral Detection, 279\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.4 Accuracy, 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.5 Recovery, 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.6 Precision, 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.7 Experimental Determination of Recovery and Precision, 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.7.1 Choice of Experimental Design, 283\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.7.2 Matrix Issues in Calibration, 286\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.8 Measurement Uncertainty (MU), 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.9 Limits of Detection and Limits of Quantification, 287\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.7.10 Decision Limit (CCa) and Detection Capability (CCß), 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.8 Significant Figures, 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.9 Final Thoughts, 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 289\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Measurement Uncertainty 295\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJian Wang, Andrew Cannavan, Leslie Dickson, and Rick Fedeniuk\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Introduction, 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 General Principles and Approaches, 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Worked Examples, 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.1 EURACHEM\/CITAC Approach, 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.2 Measurement Uncertainty Based on the Barwick–Ellison Approach Using In-House Validation Data, 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3 Measurement Uncertainty Based on Nested Experimental Design Using In-House Validation Data, 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.1 Recovery (\u003ci\u003eR\u003c\/i\u003e) and Its Uncertainty [\u003ci\u003eu(R)\u003c\/i\u003e], 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.2 Precision and Its Uncertainty [\u003ci\u003eu(P )\u003c\/i\u003e], 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.3.3 Combined Standard Uncertainty and Expanded Uncertainty, 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.4 Measurement Uncertainty Based on Inter-laboratory Study Data, 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.5 Measurement Uncertainty Based on Proficiency Test Data, 317\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6 Measurement Uncertainty Based on Quality Control Data and Certified Reference Materials, 319\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6.1 Scenario A: Use of Certified Reference Material for Estimation of Uncertainty, 320\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3.6.2 Scenario B. Use of Incurred Residue Samples and Fortified Blank Samples for Estimation of Uncertainty, 324\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Quality Assurance and Quality Control 327\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAndrew Cannavan, Jack F. Kay, and Bruno Le Bizec\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction, 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.1 Quality—What Is It?, 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.2 Why Implement a Quality System?, 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1.3 Quality System Requirements for the Laboratory, 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Quality Management, 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Total Quality Management, 329\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Organizational Elements of a Quality System, 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.1 Process Management, 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.2 The Quality Manual, 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2.3 Documentation, 330\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Technical Elements of a Quality System, 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Conformity Assessment, 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Audits and Inspections, 331\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Certification and Accreditation, 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Advantages of Accreditation, 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 Requirements under Codex Guidelines and EU Legislation, 332\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 Guidelines and Standards, 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.1 Codex Alimentarius, 333\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.2 Guidelines for the Design and Implementation of a National Regulatory Food Safety Assurance Program Associated with the Use of Veterinary Drugs in Food-Producing Animals, 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.3 ISO\/IEC 17025:2005, 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.4 Method Validation and Quality Control Procedures for Pesticide Residue Analysis in Food and Feed (Document SANCO\/10684\/2009), 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.5 EURACHEM\/CITAC Guide to Quality in Analytical Chemistry, 335\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4.6 OECD Good Laboratory Practice, 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5 Quality Control in the Laboratory, 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1 Sample Reception, Storage, and Traceability throughout the Analytical Process, 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.1 Sample Reception, 336\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.2 Sample Acceptance, 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.3 Sample Identification, 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.4 Sample Storage (Pre-analysis), 337\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.5 Reporting, 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.6 Sample Documentation, 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.1.7 Sample Storage (Post-reporting), 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2 Analytical Method Requirements, 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.1 Introduction, 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.2 Screening Methods, 338\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.3 Confirmatory Methods, 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.2.4 Decision Limit, Detection Capability, Performance Limit, and Sample Compliance, 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3 Analytical Standards and Certified Reference Materials, 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3.1 Introduction, 339\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3.2 Certified Reference Materials (CRMs), 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3.3 Blank Samples, 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.3.4 Utilization of CRMs and Control Samples, 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.4 Proficiency Testing (PT), 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.5.5 Control of Instruments and Methods in the Laboratory, 342\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.6 Conclusion, 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences, 344\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex 347\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402342474071,"sku":"9780470490426","price":98.96,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470490426.jpg?v=1730480125"},{"product_id":"digital-forensics-9780470517758","title":"Digital Forensics","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe vast majority of modern criminal investigations involve some element of digital evidence, from mobile phones, computers, CCTV and other devices. \u003ci\u003eDigital Forensics: Digital Evidence in Criminal Investigations\u003c\/i\u003e provides the reader with a better understanding of how digital evidence complements traditional scientific evidence and examines how it can be used more effectively and efficiently in a range of investigations.  \u003cp\u003eTaking a new approach to the topic, this book presents digital evidence as an adjunct to other types of evidence and discusses how it can be deployed effectively in support of investigations. The book provides investigators\/SSMs\/other managers with sufficient contextual and technical information to be able to make more effective use of digital evidence sources in support of a range of investigations. In particular, it considers the roles played by digital devices in society and hence in criminal activities. From this, it examines the role and nature of evident\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e?This book presents digital evidence as an adjunct to other types of evidence and discusses how it can be deployed effectively in support of investigations.? (\u003ci\u003eReviews\u003c\/i\u003e, May 2009)\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface vii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAcknowledgments xi\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Tables xii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eList of Figures xiii\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Introduction 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Key developments 1\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Digital devices in society 5\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Technology and culture 6\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Comment 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Evidential Potential of Digital Devices 9\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Closed vs. open systems 10\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Evaluating digital evidence potential 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Device Handling 19\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Seizure issues 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Device identification 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Networked devices 36\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.4 Contamination 40\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Examination Principles 43\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Previewing 43\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Imaging 47\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Continuity and hashing 48\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Evidence locations 49\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Evidence Creation 55\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 A seven-element security model 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 A developmental model of digital systems 60\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Knowing 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 Unknowing 63\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Audit and logs 68\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Evidence Interpretation 69\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Data content 69\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Data context 83\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Internet Activity 85\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 A little bit of history 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 The ISO\/OSI model 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 The internet protocol suite 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 DNS 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Internet applications 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Mobile Devices 109\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Mobile phones and PDAs 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 GPS 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Other personal technology 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Intelligence 119\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Device usage 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Profiling and cyberprofiling 121\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Evaluating online crime: automating the model 124\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Application of the formula to case studies 126\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 From success estimates to profiling 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.6 Comments 129\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Case Studies and Examples 131\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Copyright violation 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Missing person and murder 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.4 The view of a defence witness 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix A The “Aircraft Carrier” PC 141\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix B Additional Resources 145\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.1 Hard disc and storage laboratory tools 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.2 Mobile phone\/PDA tools 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.3 Live CDs 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eB.4 Recommended reading 146\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix C SIM Card Data Report 149\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 157\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eIndex 161\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley and Sons Ltd","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402351583575,"sku":"9780470517758","price":48.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470517758.jpg?v=1730480149"},{"product_id":"international-tables-for-crystallography-volume-f-9780470660782","title":"International Tables for Crystallography Volume F","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis volume was commissioned by the International Union of Crystallography (IUCr) in recognition of the extraordinary contributions that knowledge of macromolecular structure has made, and will make, to the analysis of biological systems, from enzyme catalysis to the workings of a whole cell, and to the growing field of structural genomics.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003ePreface (M.G. Rossmann and E. Arnold).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 1 INTRODUCTION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Overview (E. Arnold and M.G. Rossmann).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Historical Background (M.G. Rossmann).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Macromolecular Crystallography and Medicine (W.G.J. Hol and C.L.M.J.Verlinde).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Perspectives for the Future.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 2 BASIC CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Introduction to Basic Crystallography (J. Drenth).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 3 TECHNIQUES OF MOLECULAR BIOLOGY.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Preparing Recombinant Proteins for X-Ray Crystallography (S.H. Hughes and A.M. Stock).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 4 CRYSTALLIZATION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 General Methods (R. Giegé and A. McPherson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Crystallization of Membrane Proteins (H. Michel).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Application of Protein Engineering to Improve Crystal Properties (D.R. Davies and A. Burgess Hickman).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 5 CRYSTAL PROPERTIES AND HANDLING.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Crystal Morphology, Optical Properties of Crystals and Crystal Mounting (H.L. Carrell and J.P. Glusker).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 Crystal-Density Measurements (E.M. Westbrook).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 6 RADIATION SOURCES AND OPTICS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 X-Ray Sources (U.W. Arndt).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Neutron Sources (B.P. Schoenborn and R. Knott).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 7 X-RAY DETECTORS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 Comparison of X-Ray Detectors (S.M. Gruner, E.F. Eikenberry and M.W. Tate).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 CCD Detectors (M.W. Tate, E.F. Eikenberry and S.M. Gruner).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 8 SYNCHROTRON CRYSTALLOGRAPHY.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Synchrotron-Radiation Instrumentation, Methods and Scientific Utilization (J.R. Helliwell).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Laue Crystallography: Time-Resolved Studies (K. Moffat).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 9 MONOCHROMATIC DATA COLLECTION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 Principles of Monochromatic Data Collection (Z. Dauter and K.S. Wilson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 10 CRYOCRYSTALLOGRAPHY.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Introduction to Cryocrystallography (H. Hope).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Cryocrystallography Techniques and Devices (D.W. Rodgers).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 11 DATA PROCESSING.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Automatic Indexing of Oscillation Images (M.G. Rossmann).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Integration of Macromolecular Diffraction Data (A.G.W. Leslie).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Integration, Scaling, Space-Group Assignment and Post Refinement (W. Kabsch).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 DENZO and SCALEPACK (Z. Otwinowski and W. Minor).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.5 The Use of Partially Recorded Reflections for Post Refinement, Scaling and Averaging X-Ray Diffraction Data (C.G. van Beek, R Bolotovsky and M.G. Rossmann).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 12 ISOMORPHOUS REPLACEMENT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 The Preparation of Heavy-Atom Derivatives of Protein Crystals for Use in Multiple Isomorphous Replacement and Anomalous Scattering (D. Carvin, S.A. Islam, M.J.E. Sternberg and T.L. Blundell).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Locating Heavy-Atom Sites (M.T. Stubbs and R. Huber).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 13 MOLECULAR REPLACEMENT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 Noncrystallographic Symmetry (D.M. Blow).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Rotation Functions (J. Navaza).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Translation Functions (L. Tong).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Noncrystallographic Symmetry Averaging of Electron Density for Molecular-Replacement Phase Refinement and Extension (M.G. Rossmann and E. Arnold).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 14 ANOMALOUS DISPERSION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Heavy-Atom Location and Phase Determination with Single-Wavelength Diffraction Data (B.W. Matthews).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 MAD and MIR.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 15 DENSITY MODIFICATION AND PHASE COMBINATION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Phase Improvement in Iterative Density Modification (K.Y.J. Zhang, K.D. Cowtan and P. Main).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Model Phases: Probabilities, Bias and Maps (R.J. Read).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 16 DIRECT METHODS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Ab Initio Phasing (G.M. Sheldrick, H.A. Hauptman, C.M. Weeks, R. Miller and I Usón).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 The Maximum-Entropy Method (G. Bricogne).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 17 MODEL BUILDING AND COMPUTER GRAPHICS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Around O (G.J. Kleywegt, J.-Y. Zou, M. Kjeldgaard and T.A. Jones).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Molecular Graphics and Animation (A.J. Olson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 18 REFINEMENT.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Introduction to Refinement (L.F. Ten Eyck and K.D. Watenpaugh).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Enhanced Macromolecular Refinement by Simulated Annealing (A.T. Brunger, P.D. Admas and L.M. Rice).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Structure Quality and Target Parameters (R.A. Engh and R. Huber).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 Refinement at Atomic Resolution (Z. Dauter, G.N. Murshudov and K.S. Wilson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Coordinate Uncertainty (D.W.J. Cruickshank).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 19 OTHER EXPERIMENTAL TECHNIQUES.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Neutron Crystallography: Methods and Information Content (A.A. Kossiakoff).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Electron Diffraction of Protein Crystals (W. Chiu).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Small-Angle X-Ray Scattering (H. Tsuruta and J.E. Johnson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Small-Angle Neutron Scattering (D.M. Engelman and P.B. Moore).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Fibre Diffraction (R. Chandrasekaran and G. Stubbs).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Electron Cryomicroscopy (T.S. Baker and R. Henderson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) Spectroscopy (K. Wüthrich).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 20 ENERGY CALCULATIONS AND MOLECULAR DYNAMICS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 Molecular-Dynamics Simulation of Protein Crystals: Convergence of Molecular Properties of Ubiquitin (U. Stocker and W.F. van Gunsteren).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Molecular-Dynamics Simulations of Biological Macromolecules (C.B. Post and V.M. Dadarlat).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 21 STRUCTURE VALIDATION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Validation of Protein Crystal Structures (G.J. Kleywegt).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Assessing the Quality of Macromolecular Structures (S.J. Wodak, A.A. Vagin, J. Richelle, U. Das, J. Pontius and H.M. Berman).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Detection of Errors in Protein Models (O. Dym, D. Eisenberg, and T.O. Yeates).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 22 MOLECULARY GEOMETRY AND FEATURES.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Protein Surfaces and Volumes: Measurement and Use.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Hydrogen Bonding in Biological Macromolecules (E.N. Baker).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Electrostatic Interactions in Proteins (K.A. Sharp).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 The Relevance of the Cambridge Structural Database in Protein Crystallography (F.H. Allen, J.C. Cole and M.L. Verdonk).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 23 STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS AND CLASSIFICATION.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Protein Folds and Motifs: Representation, Comparison and Classification.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 Protein-Ligand Interactions (A.E. Hodel and F.A. Quiocho).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Nucleic Acids (R.E. Dickerson).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Solvent Structure (C. Mattos and D. Ringe).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 24 CRYSTALLOGRAPHIC DATABASES.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.1 The Protein Data Bank at Brookhaven (J.L. Sussman, D. Lin, J. Jiang, N.O. Manning, J. Prilusky and E.E. Abola).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.2 The Nucleic Acid Database (NDB) (H.M. Berman, Z. Feng, B. Schneider, J. Westbrook and C. Zardecki).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.3 The Cambridge Structural Database (CSD) (F.H. Allen and V.J. Hoy).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.4 The Biological Macromolecule Crystallization Database (G.L. Gilliland, M. Tung and J.E. Ladner).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e24.5 The Protein Data Bank, 1999- (H.M. Berman, J. Westbrook, Z. Feng, G. Gilliland, T.N. Bhat, H. Weissig, I.N. Shindyalov and P.E. Bourne).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 25 MACROMOLECULAR CRYSTALLOGRAPHY PROGRAMS.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.1 Survey of Programs for Crystal Structure Determination and Analysis of Macromolecules (J. Ding and E. Arnold).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e25.2 Programs and Program Systems in Wide Use.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003ePART 26 A HISTORICAL PERSPECTIVE.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e26.1 How the Structure of Lysozyme was Actually Determined (C.C.F. Blake, R.H. Fenn, L.N. Johnson, D.F. Koenig, G.A. Mair, A.C.T. North, J.W.H. Oldham, D.C. Phillips, R.J. Poljak, V.R. Sarma and C.A. Vernon).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eAuthor Index.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eSubject Index.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402395427159,"sku":"9780470660782","price":253.58,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470660782.jpg?v=1730480270"},{"product_id":"analysis-of-chemical-warfare-degradation-products-9780470745878","title":"Analysis of Chemical Warfare Degradation Products","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis book describes nerve agents and vesicants, their decomposition and their degradation products' chemistry as well as their toxicity including a list of detection techniques of nerve agents and their degradation products.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“The strength of the book “Analysis of chemical warfare degradation products” is that it gives a short introduction to CWAs in general and provides the reader with a large number of analytical examples.”  (\u003ci\u003eAnal Bioanal Chem\u003c\/i\u003e, 21 February 2012)\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003ePreface.\u003c\/b\u003e  \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 Historical Milieu.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Organophosphorus Nerve Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Blister Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 Sternutator Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 Chemical Weapons Convention (CWC).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.1 Schedule of Chemicals.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4.2 Destruction of Chemical Weapons.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Toxicity of Chemical Warfare Agents and their Degradation Products.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 Organophosphorus Nerve Agent Toxicity.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.1 Toxicity Mechanism – Acetylcholinesterase Inhibition.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.2 Exposure.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1.3 Response, Treatment and Prevention.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 Toxicity of Nerve Agent Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.1 Toxicity of GA (Tabun) Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.2 Toxicity of GB (Sarin) Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.3 Toxicity of GD (Soman) Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.4 Toxicity of GF (Cyclosarin) Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2.5 Toxicity of VX Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Toxicity of Blister Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Toxicity of Sternutator Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4.1 Toxicity of Degradation Products of Sternutator Agents.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Analysis of Chemical Warfare Agents.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Introduction.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Minimally Invasive Detection Techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 Separation and Detection Techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.1 Capillary Electrophoresis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.2 Ion Mobility Spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.3 Gas Chromatography (GC)\/Gas Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (GC-MS).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.4 Liquid Chromatography (LC)\/Liquid Chromatography-Mass Spectrometry (LC-MS).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3.5 Desorption Electrospray Ionization and Direct Analysis in Real Time Mass Spectrometry.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Chemical Warfare Agent Degradation Products.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 Analysis of Nerve Agent Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.1 Sample Preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.2 Liquid–Liquid Extraction (Pre-concentration).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.3 Solid Phase Extraction (SPE).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.4 Solid Phase Microextraction (SPME).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.5 Stir Bar Sorptive Extraction (SBSE).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1.6 Derivatization.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Analytical Techniques.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.1 Gas Chromatography (GC).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.2 Liquid Chromatography (LC).\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.3 Elemental Speciation.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.4 Ion Mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2.5 Capillary Electrophoresis.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 Analysis of Sulfur Mustard Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 Analysis of Sternutator Degradation Products.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences.\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eAppendix.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eIndex.\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402424197463,"sku":"9780470745878","price":67.4,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470745878.jpg?v=1730480357"},{"product_id":"handbook-of-green-analytical-chemistry-9780470972014","title":"Handbook of Green Analytical Chemistry","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe emerging field of green analytical chemistry is concerned with the development of analytical procedures that minimize consumption of hazardous reagents and solvents, and maximize safety for operators and the environment.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTrade Review\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cp\u003e“In conclusion, this is an interesting book for a reader who wants to expand their views on the topic, being edited by two of the most prolific contributors in the field, and carrying contributions from worldwide renowned groups on the subject. All aspects of the analytical process are covered, from sampling to waste management, while keeping an eye on the practical deployment of the method.”  (\u003ci\u003eGreen Processing and Synthesis\u003c\/i\u003e, 1 August 2012)\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e \u003c\/p\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ci\u003eList of Contributors\u003c\/i\u003e xv  \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003ePreface\u003c\/i\u003e xix\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection I: Concepts 1\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e1 The Concept of Green Analytical Chemistry 3\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMiguel de la Guardia and Salvador Garrigues\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.1 Green Analytical Chemistry in the frame of Green Chemistry 3\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.2 Green Analytical Chemistry versus Analytical Chemistry 7\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.3 The ethical compromise of sustainability 9\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.4 The business opportunities of clean methods 11\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e1.5 The attitudes of the scientific community 12\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 14\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e2 Education in Green Analytical Chemistry 17\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMiguel de la Guardia and Salvador Garrigues\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.1 The structure of the Analytical Chemistry paradigm 17\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.2 The social perception of Analytical Chemistry 20\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.3 Teaching Analytical Chemistry 21\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.4 Teaching Green Analytical Chemistry 25\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.5 From the bench to the real world 26\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e2.6 Making sustainable professionals for the future 28\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 29\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e3 Green Analytical Laboratory Experiments 31\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSuparna Dutta and Arabinda K. Das\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.1 Greening the university laboratories 31\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2 Green laboratory experiments 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.1 Green methods for sample pretreatment 33\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.2 Green separation using liquid-liquid, solid-phase and solventless extractions 37\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.3 Green alternatives for chemical reactions 42\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.2.4 Green spectroscopy 45\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e3.3 The place of Green Analytical Chemistry in the future of our laboratories 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 52\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e4 Publishing in Green Analytical Chemistry 55\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSalvador Garrigues and Miguel de la Guardia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.1 A bibliometric study of the literature in Green Analytical Chemistry 56\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.2 Milestones of the literature on Green Analytical Chemistry 57\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.3 The need for powerful keywords 61\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.4 A new attitude of authors faced with green parameters 62\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.5 A proposal for editors and reviewers 64\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e4.6 The future starts now 65\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 66\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection II: The Analytical Process 67\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e5 Greening Sampling Techniques 69\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJosé Luis Gómez Ariza and Tamara García Barrera\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.1 Greening analytical chemistry solutions for sampling 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2 New green approaches to reduce problems related to sample losses, sample contamination, transport and storage 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.1 Methods based on flow-through solid phase spectroscopy 70\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.2 Methods based on hollow-fiber GC\/HPLC\/CE 71\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.2.3 Methods based on the use of nanoparticles 75\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.3 Greening analytical in-line systems 76\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.4 In-field sampling 77\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.5 Environmentally friendly sample stabilization 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.6 Sampling for automatization 79\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e5.7 Future possibilities in green sampling 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 80\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e6 Direct Analysis of Samples 85\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSergio Armenta and Miguel de la Guardia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1 Remote environmental sensing 85\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.1 Synthetic Aperture Radar (SAR) images (satellite sensors) 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.2 Open-path spectroscopy 86\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.1.3 Field-portable analyzers 90\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2 Process monitoring: in-line, on-line and at-line measurements 91\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.1 NIR spectroscopy 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.2 Raman spectroscopy 92\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.3 MIR spectroscopy 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.2.4 Imaging technology and image analysis 93\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3 At-line non-destructive or quasi non-destructive measurements 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.1 Photoacoustic Spectroscopy (PAS) 94\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.2 Ambient Mass Spectrometry (MS) 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.3 Solid sampling plasma sources 95\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.4 Nuclear Magnetic Resonance (NMR) 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.5 X-ray spectroscopy 96\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.3.6 Other surface analysis techniques 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e6.4 New challenges in direct analysis 97\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 98\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e7 Green Analytical Chemistry Approaches in Sample Preparation 103\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMarek Tobiszewski, Agata Mechlinska and Jacek Namiesnik\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.1 About sample preparation 103\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2 Miniaturized extraction techniques 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.1 Solid-phase extraction (SPE) 104\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.2 Solid-phase microextraction (SPME) 105\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.3 Stir-bar sorptive extraction (SBSE) 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.4 Liquid-liquid microextraction 106\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.5 Membrane extraction 108\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.2.6 Gas extraction 109\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3 Alternative solvents 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.1 Analytical applications of ionic liquids 113\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.2 Supercritical fluid extraction 114\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.3 Subcritical water extraction 115\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.3.4 Fluorous phases 116\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4 Assisted extractions 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.1 Microwave-assisted extraction 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.2 Ultrasound-assisted extraction 117\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.4.3 Pressurized liquid extraction 118\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e7.5 Final remarks 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 119\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e8 Green Sample Preparation with Non-Chromatographic Separation Techniques 125\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMaría Dolores Luque de Castro and Miguel Alcaide Molina\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.1 Sample preparation in the frame of the analytical process 125\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2 Separation techniques involving a gas–liquid interface 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.1 Gas diffusion 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.2 Pervaporation 127\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.3 Membrane extraction with a sorbent interface 130\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.4 Distillation and microdistillation 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.5 Head-space separation 131\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.2.6 Hydride generation and cold-mercury vapour formation 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3 Techniques involving a liquid–liquid interface 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.1 Dialysis and microdialysis 133\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.2 Liquid–liquid extraction 134\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.3.3 Single-drop microextraction 137\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4 Techniques involving a liquid–solid interface 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.1 Solid-phase extraction 139\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.2 Solid-phase microextraction 141\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.3 Stir-bar sorptive extraction 142\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.4.4 Continuous filtration 143\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e8.5 A Green future for sample preparation 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 145\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e9 Capillary Electrophoresis 153\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMihkel Kaljurand\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.1 The capillary electrophoresis separation techniques 153\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2 Capillary electrophoresis among other liquid phase separation methods 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.1 Basic instrumentation for liquid phase separations 155\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.2 CE versus HPLC from the point of view of Green Analytical Chemistry 156\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.3 CE as a method of choice for portable instruments 159\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.4 World-to-chip interfacing and the quest for a ‘killer’ application for LOC devices 163\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.2.5 Gradient elution moving boundary electrophoresis and electrophoretic exclusion 165\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.3 Possible ways of surmounting the disadvantages of CE 167\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.4 Sample preparation in CE 168\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e9.5 Is capillary electrophoresis a green alternative? 169\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 170\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e10 Green Chromatography 175\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eChi-Yu Lu\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.1 Greening liquid chromatography 175\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2 Green solvents 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.1 Hydrophilic solvents 176\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.2 Ionic liquids 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.2.3 Supercritical Fluid Chromatography (SFC) 177\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3 Green instruments 178\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.1 Microbore Liquid Chromatography (microbore LC) 179\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.2 Capillary Liquid Chromatography (capillary LC) 180\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.3 Nano Liquid Chromatography (nano LC) 181\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.4 How to transfer the LC condition from traditional LC to microbore LC, capillary LC or nano LC 182\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.5 Homemade micro-scale analytical system 183\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e10.3.6 Ultra Performance Liquid Chromatography (UPLC) 184\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 185\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e11 Green Analytical Atomic Spectrometry 199\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMartín Resano, Esperanza García-Ruiz and Miguel A. Belarra\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.1 Atomic spectrometry in the context of Green Analytical Chemistry 199\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2 Improvements in sample pretreatment strategies 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.1 Specific improvements 202\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.2.2 Slurry methods 204\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3 Direct solid sampling techniques 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.1 Basic operating principles of the techniques discussed 205\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.2 Sample requirements and pretreatment strategies 207\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.3 Analyte monitoring: The arrival of high-resolution continuum source atomic absorption spectrometry 208\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.4 Calibration 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.3.5 Selected applications 210\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e11.4 Future for green analytical atomic spectrometry 213\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 215\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e12 Solid Phase Molecular Spectroscopy 221\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAntonio Molina-Díaz, Juan Francisco García-Reyes and Natividad Ramos-Martos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.1 Solid phase molecular spectroscopy: an approach to Green Analytical Chemistry 221\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2 Fundamentals of solid phase molecular spectroscopy 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.1 Solid phase absorption (spectrophotometric) procedures 222\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.2.2 Solid phase emission (fluorescence) procedures 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.3 Batch mode procedures 225\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4 Flow mode procedures 226\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.1 Monitoring an intrinsic property 227\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.2 Monitoring derivative species 231\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.4.3 Recent flow-SPMS based approaches 232\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.5 Selected examples of application of solid phase molecular spectroscopy 233\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e12.6 The potential of flow solid phase envisaged from the point of view of Green Analytical Chemistry 235\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 240\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e13 Derivative Techniques in Molecular Absorption, Fluorimetry and Liquid Chromatography as Tools for Green Analytical Chemistry 245\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eJosé Manuel Cano Pavón, Amparo García de Torres, Catalina Bosch Ojeda, Fuensanta Sánchez Rojas and Elisa I. Vereda Alonso\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1 The derivative technique as a tool for Green Analytical Chemistry 245\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.1.1 Theoretical aspects 246\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2 Derivative absorption spectrometry in the UV-visible region 247\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.2.1 Strategies to greener derivative spectrophotometry 248\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3 Derivative fluorescence spectrometry 250\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.3.1 Derivative synchronous fluorescence spectrometry 251\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e13.4 Use of derivative signal techniques in liquid chromatography 254\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 255\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e14 Greening Electroanalytical Methods 261\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003ePaloma Yáñez-Sedeño, José M. Pingarrón and Lucas Hernández\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.1 Towards a more environmentally friendly electroanalysis 261\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2 Electrode materials 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.1 Alternatives to mercury electrodes 262\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.2.2 Nanomaterial-based electrodes 268\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3 Solvents 270\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.1 Ionic liquids 271\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.3.2 Supercritical fluids 273\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4 Electrochemical detection in flowing solutions 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.1 Injection techniques 274\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.4.2 Miniaturized systems 276\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5 Biosensors 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.1 Greening biosurface preparation 278\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.5.2 Direct electrochemical transfer of proteins 281\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e14.6 Future trends in green electroanalysis 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 282\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection III: Strategies 289\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e15 Energy Savings in Analytical Chemistry 291\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMihkel Koel\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.1 Energy consumption in analytical methods 291\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2 Economy and saving energy in laboratory practice 294\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.2.1 Good housekeeping, control and maintenance 295\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3 Alternative sources of energy for processes 296\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.1 Using microwaves in place of thermal heating 297\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.2 Using ultrasound in sample treatment 299\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.3.3 Light as a source of energy 301\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4 Using alternative solvents for energy savings 302\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.1 Advantages of ionic liquids 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.4.2 Using subcritical and supercritical fluids 303\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5 Efficient laboratory equipment 305\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.5.1 Trends in sample treatment 306\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6 Effects of automation and micronization on energy consumption 307\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.1 Miniaturization in sample treatment 308\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.6.2 Using sensors 310\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e15.7 Assessment of energy efficiency 312\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 316\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e16 Green Analytical Chemistry and Flow Injection Methodologies 321\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eLuis Dante Martínez, Soledad Cerutti and Raúl Andrés Gil\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.1 Progress of automated techniques for Green Analytical Chemistry 321\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.2 Flow injection analysis 322\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.3 Sequential injection analysis 325\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.4 Lab-on-valve 327\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.5 Multicommutation 328\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e16.6 Conclusions and remarks 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 334\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e17 Miniaturization 339\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eAlberto Escarpa, Miguel Ángel López and Lourdes Ramos\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.1 Current needs and pitfalls in sample preparation 340\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2 Non-integrated approaches for miniaturized sample preparation 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.1 Gaseous and liquid samples 341\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.2.2 Solid samples 350\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3 Integrated approaches for sample preparation on microfluidic platforms 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.1 Microfluidic platforms in sample preparation process 353\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.2 The isolation of analyte from the sample matrix: filtering approaches 356\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.3 The isolation of analytes from the sample matrix: extraction approaches 360\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.4 Preconcentration approaches using electrokinetics 365\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.5 Derivatization schemes on microfluidic platforms 372\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.3.6 Sample preparation in cell analysis 373\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e17.4 Final remarks 378\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 379\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e18 Micro- and Nanomaterials Based Detection Systems Applied in Lab-on-a-Chip Technology 389\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMariana Medina-Sánchez and Arben Merkoçi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.1 Micro- and nanotechnology in Green Analytical Chemistry 389\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2 Nanomaterials-based (bio)sensors 390\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.1 Optical nano(bio)sensors 391\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.2 Electrochemical nano(bio)sensors 393\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.2.3 Other detection principles 395\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3 Lab-on-a-chip (LOC) technology 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3.1 Miniaturization and nano-\/microfluidics 396\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.3.2 Micro- and nanofabrication techniques 397\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4 LOC applications 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.1 LOCs with optical detections 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.2 LOCs with electrochemical detectors 398\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.4.3 LOCs with other detections 399\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e18.5 Conclusions and future perspectives 400\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 401\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e19 Photocatalytic Treatment of Laboratory Wastes Containing Hazardous Organic Compounds 407\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eEdmondo Pramauro, Alessandra Bianco Prevot and Debora Fabbri\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.1 Photocatalysis 407\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.2 Fundamentals of the photocatalytic process 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.3 Limits of the photocatalytic treatment 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4 Usual photocatalytic procedure in laboratory practice 408\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.4.1 Solar detoxification of laboratory waste 409\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5 Influence of experimental parameters 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.1 Dissolved oxygen 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.2 pH 411\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.3 Catalyst concentration 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.5.4 Degradation kinetics 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.6 Additives reducing the e−\/h+ recombination 412\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.7 Analytical control of the photocatalytic treatment 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8 Examples of possible applications of photocatalysis to the treatment of laboratory wastes 413\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.1 Percolates containing soluble aromatic contaminants 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.2 Photocatalytic destruction of aromatic amine residues in aqueous wastes 414\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.3 Degradation of aqueous wastes containing pesticides residue 415\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.4 The peculiar behaviour of triazine herbicides 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.5 Treatment of aqueous wastes containing organic solvent residues 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.6 Treatment of surfactant-containing aqueous wastes 416\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.7 Degradation of aqueous solutions of azo-dyes 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.8.8 Treatment of laboratory waste containing pharmaceuticals 419\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e19.9 Continuous monitoring of photocatalytic treatment 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 420\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eSection IV: Fields of Application 425\u003c\/b\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e20 Green Bioanalytical Chemistry 427\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eTadashi Nishio and Hideko Kanazawa\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.1 The analytical techniques in bioanalysis 427\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.2 Environmental-responsive polymers 428\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.3 Preparation of a polymer-modified surface for the stationary phase of environmental-responsive chromatography 430\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.4 Temperature-responsive chromatography for green analytical methods 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5 Biological analysis by temperature-responsive chromatography 432\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5.1 Analysis of propofol in plasma using water as a mobile phase 434\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.5.2 Contraceptive drugs analysis using temperature gradient chromatography 435\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.6 Affinity chromatography for green bioseparation 436\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.7 Separation of biologically active molecules by the green chromatographic method 438\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.8 Protein separation by an aqueous chromatographic system 441\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.9 Ice chromatography 442\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.10 High-temperature liquid chromatography 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.11 Ionic liquids 443\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e20.12 The future in green bioanalysis 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 444\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e21 Infrared Spectroscopy in Biodiagnostics: A Green Analytical Approach 449\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eMohammadreza Khanmohammadi and Amir Bagheri Garmarudi\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.1 Infrared spectroscopy capabilities 449\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.2 Infrared spectroscopy of bio-active chemicals in a bio-system 451\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3 Medical analysis of body fluids by infrared spectroscopy 453\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.1 Blood and its extracts 455\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.2 Urine 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.3.3 Other body fluids 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4 Diagnosis in tissue samples via IR spectroscopic analysis 457\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.1 Main spectral characteristics 459\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.2 The role of data processing 460\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.4.3 Cancer diagnosis by FTIR spectrometry 465\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e21.5 New trends in infrared spectroscopy assisted biodiagnostics 468\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 470\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e22 Environmental Analysis 475\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eRicardo Erthal Santelli, Marcos Almeida Bezerra, Julio Carlos Afonso, Maria de Fátima Batista de Carvalho, Eliane Padua Oliveira and Aline Soares Freire\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.1 Pollution and its control 475\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2 Steps of an environmental analysis 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.1 Sample collection 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.2 Sample preparation 476\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.2.3 Analysis 479\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3 Green environmental analysis for water, wastewater and effluent 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.1 Major mineral constituents 480\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.2 Trace metal ions 481\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.3.3 Organic pollutants 483\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4 Green environmental analysis applied for solid samples 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4.1 Soil 485\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4.2 Sediments 488\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.4.3 Wastes 492\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5 Green environmental analysis applied for atmospheric samples 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5.1 Gases 496\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e22.5.2 Particulates 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 497\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003e23 Green Industrial Analysis 505\u003cbr\u003e \u003c\/b\u003e\u003ci\u003eSergio Armenta and Miguel de la Guardia\u003c\/i\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.1 Greening industrial practices for safety and cost reasons 505\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.2 The quality control of raw materials and end products 506\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.3 Process control 510\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.4 Effluent control 511\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.5 Working atmosphere control 514\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e23.6 The future starts now 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003eReferences 515\u003c\/p\u003e \u003cp\u003e\u003ci\u003eIndex\u003c\/i\u003e 519\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402468106583,"sku":"9780470972014","price":124.15,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780470972014.jpg?v=1730480494"},{"product_id":"spot-test-analysis-clinical-environmental-fore-forensic-geochemical-applications-2e-9780471124122","title":"Spot Test Analysis Clinical Environmental Fore","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIn this revised and updated edition of his successful reference, Jungreis shares his expertise with readers to explore the contemporary utilization of simple spot and screening tests in clinical forensic, geochemical, and environmental applications.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTechniques.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Application of Spot Tests in Clinical Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Forensic Application of Spot Test Analysis.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Application of Spot Test Analysis in Geochemistry.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Application of Spot Tests in Air Pollution Control.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Water Quality Screening.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Rapid Screening Tests of Soils and Plant Tissues.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Rapid Screening Tests for Food Adulteration and Food Composition.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402492518743,"sku":"9780471124122","price":139.65,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471124122.jpg?v=1730480574"},{"product_id":"highperformance-capillary-electrophoresis-theory-techniques-and-applications-204-chemical-analysis-a-series-of-monographs-on-analytical-chemistry-and-its-applications-9780471148517","title":"HighPerformance Capillary Electrophoresis Theory","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eHigh performance capillary electrophoresis (HPCE) is a rapidly developing technology for separating and analyzing chemical compounds. The rapid developments in the field and the large number of journal publications have made it increasingly difficult to find essential and practical knowledge of HPCE easily.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eTable of Contents\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTHEORY AND MODES OF HPCE.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrophoresis: Overview and Perspective (B. Karger).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Theory of Capillary Zone Electrophoresis (E. Kenndler).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Micellar Electrokinetic Chromatography (M. Khaledi).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Band Broadening in Micellar Electrokinetic Chromatography (J. Davis).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Gel Electrophoresis (P. Shieh, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Isoelectric Focusing (J. Wiktorowicz).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Isotachophoresis (L. Kivánková \u0026amp; P. Boek).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrochromatography (K. Kelly \u0026amp; M. Khaledi).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e DETECTION SYSTEMS IN HPCE.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrophoretic Detectors Based on Light (L. Cruz, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Electrochemical Detection in High-Performance Capillary Electrophoresis (B. Bryant, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Indirect Detection in Capillary Electrophoresis (H. Poppe \u0026amp; X. Xu).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e High-Performance Capillary Electrophoresis-Mass Spectrometry (K. Tomer, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e OPERATIONAL ASPECTS AND SPECIAL TECHNIQUES IN HPCE.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Sample Introduction and Stacking (R. Chien).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Coated Capillaries in High-Performance Capillary Electrophoresis (G. Schomburg).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Nonaqueous Capillary Electrophoresis (J. Miller \u0026amp; M. Khaledi).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Method Validation in Capillary Electrophoresis (K. Altria).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Two-Dimensional Separations in High-Performance Capillary Electrophoresis (T. Hooker, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Microfabricated Chemical Separation Devices (S. Jacobson \u0026amp; J. Ramsey).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e APPLICATIONS OF HPCE.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Peptides Analysis by Capillary Electrophoresis: Methods Development and Optimization, Sensitivity Enhancement Strategies, and Applications (G. McLaughlin, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrophoresis of Proteins (F. Regnier \u0026amp; S. Lin).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrophoresis of Carbohydrates (M. Novotny).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e DNA Sequencing by Multiplexed Capillary Electrophoresis (E. Yeung \u0026amp; Q. Li).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Chiral Separations by Capillary Electrophoresis (F. Wang \u0026amp; M. Khaledi).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Capillary Electrophoresis of Inorganic Ions (J. Mazzeo).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e The Analysis of Pharmaceuticals by Capillary Electrophoresis (K. Altria).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e On-Line Immunoaffinity Capillary Electrophoresis for the Determination of Analytes Derived From Biological Fluids (N. Guzman, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Microbioanalysis Using On-Line Microreactors-Capillary Electrophoresis Systems (L. Licklider \u0026amp; W. Kuhr).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Electrophoretically Mediated Microanalysis (B. Harmon \u0026amp; F. Regnier).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e PHYSICOCHEMICAL STUDIES.\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Affinity Capillary Electrophoresis: Using Capillary Electrophoresis to Study The Interactions of Proteins with Ligands (J. Gao, et al.).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Determination of Physicochemical Parameters by Capillary Electrophoresis (P. Righetti).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Applications of Micellar Electrokinetic Chromatography in Quantitative Structure-Activity Relationship Studies: Estimation of LogP_ow and Bioactivity (M. Khaledi).\u003cbr\u003e \u003cbr\u003e Index.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402498580823,"sku":"9780471148517","price":276.26,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471148517.jpg?v=1730480595"},{"product_id":"transition-metal-hydrides-9780471187684","title":"Transition Metal Hydrides","description":"\u003cb\u003eBook Synopsis\u003c\/b\u003e\u003cbr\u003eInternationally renowned authors review recent advances in the understanding of the structure and reactivity of transition metal hydrides. This up-to-date analysis of transition metal hydrides examines the recent upsurge of experimental studies devoted to transition metal hydrides in both gas phase and solution.","brand":"John Wiley \u0026 Sons Inc","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":49402520502615,"sku":"9780471187684","price":233.06,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0817\/1739\/5799\/files\/9780471187684.jpg?v=1730480645"}],"url":"https:\/\/bookcurl.com\/collections\/analytical-chemistry.oembed?page=11","provider":"Book Curl","version":"1.0","type":"link"}